|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 * GUI/Motif support by Robert Webb
|
|
|
5 * Macintosh port by Dany St-Amant
|
|
|
6 * and Axel Kielhorn
|
|
|
7 * Port to MPW by Bernhard PrŸmmer
|
|
|
8 * Initial Carbon port by Ammon Skidmore
|
|
|
9 *
|
|
|
10 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
11 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
12 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
13 */
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
15 /*
|
|
593
|
16 * NOTES: - Vim 7+ does not support classic MacOS. Please use Vim 6.x
|
|
|
17 * - Comments mentioning FAQ refer to the book:
|
|
|
18 * "Macworld Mac Programming FAQs" from "IDG Books"
|
|
7
|
19 */
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
21 /*
|
|
|
22 * TODO: Change still to merge from the macvim's iDisk
|
|
|
23 *
|
|
|
24 * error_ga, mch_errmsg, Navigation's changes in gui_mch_browse
|
|
|
25 * uses of MenuItemIndex, changes in gui_mch_set_shellsize,
|
|
|
26 * ScrapManager error handling.
|
|
|
27 * Comments about function remaining to Carbonize.
|
|
|
28 *
|
|
|
29 */
|
|
|
30
|
|
593
|
31 /* TODO (Jussi)
|
|
|
32 * * Clipboard does not work (at least some cases)
|
|
|
33 * * ATSU font rendering has some problems
|
|
|
34 * * Investigate and remove dead code (there is still lots of that)
|
|
|
35 */
|
|
7
|
36
|
|
|
37 #include <Devices.h> /* included first to avoid CR problems */
|
|
|
38 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
39
|
|
593
|
40 #define USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
41 #define USE_AEVENT /* Enable AEVENT */
|
|
|
42 #undef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW /* Debugging feature: start Vim window OFFSETed */
|
|
7
|
43
|
|
|
44 /* Compile as CodeWarior External Editor */
|
|
|
45 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) && !defined(USE_AEVENT)
|
|
|
46 # define USE_AEVENT /* Need Apple Event Support */
|
|
|
47 #endif
|
|
|
48
|
|
9
|
49 /* Vim's Scrap flavor. */
|
|
|
50 #define VIMSCRAPFLAVOR 'VIM!'
|
|
|
51
|
|
7
|
52 static EventHandlerUPP mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
593
|
53 SInt32 gMacSystemVersion;
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
55 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
56 #define USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
168
|
57 static EventHandlerUPP keyEventHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
58 #endif
|
|
|
59
|
|
7
|
60
|
|
|
61 /* Include some file. TODO: move into os_mac.h */
|
|
|
62 #include <Menus.h>
|
|
|
63 #include <Resources.h>
|
|
|
64 #include <Processes.h>
|
|
|
65 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
66 # include <AppleEvents.h>
|
|
|
67 # include <AERegistry.h>
|
|
|
68 #endif
|
|
|
69 # include <Gestalt.h>
|
|
|
70 #if UNIVERSAL_INTERFACES_VERSION >= 0x0330
|
|
|
71 # include <ControlDefinitions.h>
|
|
|
72 # include <Navigation.h> /* Navigation only part of ?? */
|
|
|
73 #endif
|
|
|
74
|
|
593
|
75 /* Help Manager (balloon.h, HM prefixed functions) are not supported
|
|
|
76 * under Carbon (Jussi) */
|
|
|
77 # if 0
|
|
7
|
78 /* New Help Interface for Mac, not implemented yet.*/
|
|
593
|
79 # include <MacHelp.h>
|
|
|
80 # endif
|
|
7
|
81
|
|
|
82 /*
|
|
593
|
83 * These seem to be rectangle options. Why are they not found in
|
|
|
84 * headers? (Jussi)
|
|
7
|
85 */
|
|
|
86 #define kNothing 0
|
|
|
87 #define kCreateEmpty 2 /*1*/
|
|
|
88 #define kCreateRect 2
|
|
|
89 #define kDestroy 3
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
91 /*
|
|
|
92 * Dany: Don't like those...
|
|
|
93 */
|
|
|
94 #define topLeft(r) (((Point*)&(r))[0])
|
|
|
95 #define botRight(r) (((Point*)&(r))[1])
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
98 /* Time of last mouse click, to detect double-click */
|
|
|
99 static long lastMouseTick = 0;
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
101 /* ??? */
|
|
|
102 static RgnHandle cursorRgn;
|
|
|
103 static RgnHandle dragRgn;
|
|
|
104 static Rect dragRect;
|
|
|
105 static short dragRectEnbl;
|
|
|
106 static short dragRectControl;
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
108 /* This variable is set when waiting for an event, which is the only moment
|
|
|
109 * scrollbar dragging can be done directly. It's not allowed while commands
|
|
|
110 * are executed, because it may move the cursor and that may cause unexpected
|
|
|
111 * problems (e.g., while ":s" is working).
|
|
|
112 */
|
|
|
113 static int allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
115 /* Last mouse click caused contextual menu, (to provide proper release) */
|
|
|
116 static short clickIsPopup;
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
118 /* Feedback Action for Scrollbar */
|
|
|
119 ControlActionUPP gScrollAction;
|
|
|
120 ControlActionUPP gScrollDrag;
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
122 /* Keeping track of which scrollbar is being dragged */
|
|
|
123 static ControlHandle dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
124
|
|
13
|
125 static struct
|
|
|
126 {
|
|
|
127 FMFontFamily family;
|
|
|
128 FMFontSize size;
|
|
|
129 FMFontStyle style;
|
|
|
130 Boolean isPanelVisible;
|
|
|
131 } gFontPanelInfo = { 0, 0, 0, false };
|
|
593
|
132
|
|
|
133 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
134 # define USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
135 ATSUStyle gFontStyle;
|
|
|
136 Boolean gIsFontFallbackSet;
|
|
|
137 #endif
|
|
|
138
|
|
7
|
139 /* Colors Macros */
|
|
|
140 #define RGB(r,g,b) ((r) << 16) + ((g) << 8) + (b)
|
|
|
141 #define Red(c) ((c & 0x00FF0000) >> 16)
|
|
|
142 #define Green(c) ((c & 0x0000FF00) >> 8)
|
|
|
143 #define Blue(c) ((c & 0x000000FF) >> 0)
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
145 /* Key mapping */
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
147 #define vk_Esc 0x35 /* -> 1B */
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
149 #define vk_F1 0x7A /* -> 10 */
|
|
|
150 #define vk_F2 0x78 /*0x63*/
|
|
|
151 #define vk_F3 0x63 /*0x76*/
|
|
|
152 #define vk_F4 0x76 /*0x60*/
|
|
|
153 #define vk_F5 0x60 /*0x61*/
|
|
|
154 #define vk_F6 0x61 /*0x62*/
|
|
|
155 #define vk_F7 0x62 /*0x63*/ /*?*/
|
|
|
156 #define vk_F8 0x64
|
|
|
157 #define vk_F9 0x65
|
|
|
158 #define vk_F10 0x6D
|
|
|
159 #define vk_F11 0x67
|
|
|
160 #define vk_F12 0x6F
|
|
|
161 #define vk_F13 0x69
|
|
|
162 #define vk_F14 0x6B
|
|
|
163 #define vk_F15 0x71
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
165 #define vk_Clr 0x47 /* -> 1B (ESC) */
|
|
|
166 #define vk_Enter 0x4C /* -> 03 */
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
168 #define vk_Space 0x31 /* -> 20 */
|
|
|
169 #define vk_Tab 0x30 /* -> 09 */
|
|
|
170 #define vk_Return 0x24 /* -> 0D */
|
|
|
171 /* This is wrong for OSX, what is it for? */
|
|
|
172 #define vk_Delete 0X08 /* -> 08 BackSpace */
|
|
|
173
|
|
|
174 #define vk_Help 0x72 /* -> 05 */
|
|
|
175 #define vk_Home 0x73 /* -> 01 */
|
|
|
176 #define vk_PageUp 0x74 /* -> 0D */
|
|
|
177 #define vk_FwdDelete 0x75 /* -> 7F */
|
|
|
178 #define vk_End 0x77 /* -> 04 */
|
|
|
179 #define vk_PageDown 0x79 /* -> 0C */
|
|
|
180
|
|
|
181 #define vk_Up 0x7E /* -> 1E */
|
|
|
182 #define vk_Down 0x7D /* -> 1F */
|
|
|
183 #define vk_Left 0x7B /* -> 1C */
|
|
|
184 #define vk_Right 0x7C /* -> 1D */
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
186 #define vk_Undo vk_F1
|
|
|
187 #define vk_Cut vk_F2
|
|
|
188 #define vk_Copy vk_F3
|
|
|
189 #define vk_Paste vk_F4
|
|
|
190 #define vk_PrintScreen vk_F13
|
|
|
191 #define vk_SCrollLock vk_F14
|
|
|
192 #define vk_Pause vk_F15
|
|
|
193 #define vk_NumLock vk_Clr
|
|
|
194 #define vk_Insert vk_Help
|
|
|
195
|
|
|
196 #define KeySym char
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
198 static struct
|
|
|
199 {
|
|
|
200 KeySym key_sym;
|
|
|
201 char_u vim_code0;
|
|
|
202 char_u vim_code1;
|
|
|
203 } special_keys[] =
|
|
|
204 {
|
|
|
205 {vk_Up, 'k', 'u'},
|
|
|
206 {vk_Down, 'k', 'd'},
|
|
|
207 {vk_Left, 'k', 'l'},
|
|
|
208 {vk_Right, 'k', 'r'},
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
210 {vk_F1, 'k', '1'},
|
|
|
211 {vk_F2, 'k', '2'},
|
|
|
212 {vk_F3, 'k', '3'},
|
|
|
213 {vk_F4, 'k', '4'},
|
|
|
214 {vk_F5, 'k', '5'},
|
|
|
215 {vk_F6, 'k', '6'},
|
|
|
216 {vk_F7, 'k', '7'},
|
|
|
217 {vk_F8, 'k', '8'},
|
|
|
218 {vk_F9, 'k', '9'},
|
|
|
219 {vk_F10, 'k', ';'},
|
|
|
220
|
|
|
221 {vk_F11, 'F', '1'},
|
|
|
222 {vk_F12, 'F', '2'},
|
|
|
223 {vk_F13, 'F', '3'},
|
|
|
224 {vk_F14, 'F', '4'},
|
|
|
225 {vk_F15, 'F', '5'},
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
227 /* {XK_Help, '%', '1'}, */
|
|
|
228 /* {XK_Undo, '&', '8'}, */
|
|
|
229 /* {XK_BackSpace, 'k', 'b'}, */
|
|
|
230 #ifndef MACOS_X
|
|
|
231 {vk_Delete, 'k', 'b'},
|
|
|
232 #endif
|
|
|
233 {vk_Insert, 'k', 'I'},
|
|
|
234 {vk_FwdDelete, 'k', 'D'},
|
|
|
235 {vk_Home, 'k', 'h'},
|
|
|
236 {vk_End, '@', '7'},
|
|
|
237 /* {XK_Prior, 'k', 'P'}, */
|
|
|
238 /* {XK_Next, 'k', 'N'}, */
|
|
|
239 /* {XK_Print, '%', '9'}, */
|
|
|
240
|
|
|
241 {vk_PageUp, 'k', 'P'},
|
|
|
242 {vk_PageDown, 'k', 'N'},
|
|
|
243
|
|
|
244 /* End of list marker: */
|
|
|
245 {(KeySym)0, 0, 0}
|
|
|
246 };
|
|
|
247
|
|
|
248 /*
|
|
|
249 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
250 * Forward declaration (for those needed)
|
|
|
251 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
252 */
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
254 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
9
|
255 OSErr HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
256 #endif
|
|
|
257
|
|
|
258 /*
|
|
|
259 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
260 * Conversion Utility
|
|
|
261 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
262 */
|
|
|
263
|
|
|
264 /*
|
|
|
265 * C2Pascal_save
|
|
|
266 *
|
|
|
267 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in
|
|
|
268 * into a pascal string
|
|
|
269 *
|
|
|
270 */
|
|
|
271
|
|
593
|
272 char_u *
|
|
|
273 C2Pascal_save(char_u *Cstring)
|
|
7
|
274 {
|
|
|
275 char_u *PascalString;
|
|
|
276 int len;
|
|
|
277
|
|
|
278 if (Cstring == NULL)
|
|
|
279 return NULL;
|
|
|
280
|
|
|
281 len = STRLEN(Cstring);
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
283 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */
|
|
|
284 len = 255;
|
|
|
285
|
|
|
286 PascalString = alloc(len + 1);
|
|
|
287 if (PascalString != NULL)
|
|
|
288 {
|
|
|
289 mch_memmove(PascalString + 1, Cstring, len);
|
|
|
290 PascalString[0] = len;
|
|
|
291 }
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
293 return PascalString;
|
|
|
294 }
|
|
|
295
|
|
|
296 /*
|
|
|
297 * C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash
|
|
|
298 *
|
|
|
299 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in
|
|
|
300 * into a pascal string. Also remove the backslash at the same time
|
|
|
301 *
|
|
|
302 */
|
|
|
303
|
|
593
|
304 char_u *
|
|
|
305 C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(char_u *Cstring)
|
|
7
|
306 {
|
|
|
307 char_u *PascalString;
|
|
|
308 int len;
|
|
|
309 char_u *p, *c;
|
|
|
310
|
|
|
311 len = STRLEN(Cstring);
|
|
|
312
|
|
|
313 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */
|
|
|
314 len = 255;
|
|
|
315
|
|
|
316 PascalString = alloc(len + 1);
|
|
|
317 if (PascalString != NULL)
|
|
|
318 {
|
|
|
319 for (c = Cstring, p = PascalString+1, len = 0; (*c != 0) && (len < 255); c++)
|
|
|
320 {
|
|
|
321 if ((*c == '\\') && (c[1] != 0))
|
|
|
322 {
|
|
|
323 c++;
|
|
|
324 }
|
|
|
325 *p = *c;
|
|
|
326 p++;
|
|
|
327 len++;
|
|
|
328 }
|
|
|
329 PascalString[0] = len;
|
|
|
330 }
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
332 return PascalString;
|
|
|
333 }
|
|
|
334
|
|
|
335 /*
|
|
|
336 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (mouse)
|
|
|
337 */
|
|
|
338
|
|
|
339 int_u
|
|
|
340 EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers)
|
|
|
341 {
|
|
|
342 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00;
|
|
|
343
|
|
|
344 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey))
|
|
|
345 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_SHIFT;
|
|
|
346 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey))
|
|
|
347 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
348 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey))
|
|
|
349 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_ALT;
|
|
|
350 #if 0
|
|
|
351 /* Not yet supported */
|
|
|
352 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */
|
|
|
353 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CMD;
|
|
|
354 #endif
|
|
|
355 return (vimModifiers);
|
|
|
356 }
|
|
|
357
|
|
|
358 /*
|
|
|
359 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (keys)
|
|
|
360 */
|
|
|
361
|
|
|
362 static int_u
|
|
|
363 EventModifiers2VimModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers)
|
|
|
364 {
|
|
|
365 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00;
|
|
|
366
|
|
|
367 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey))
|
|
|
368 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
369 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey))
|
|
|
370 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
371 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey))
|
|
|
372 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT;
|
|
|
373 #ifdef USE_CMD_KEY
|
|
|
374 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */
|
|
|
375 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CMD;
|
|
|
376 #endif
|
|
|
377 return (vimModifiers);
|
|
|
378 }
|
|
|
379
|
|
|
380 /* Convert a string representing a point size into pixels. The string should
|
|
|
381 * be a positive decimal number, with an optional decimal point (eg, "12", or
|
|
|
382 * "10.5"). The pixel value is returned, and a pointer to the next unconverted
|
|
|
383 * character is stored in *end. The flag "vertical" says whether this
|
|
|
384 * calculation is for a vertical (height) size or a horizontal (width) one.
|
|
|
385 *
|
|
|
386 * From gui_w48.c
|
|
|
387 */
|
|
|
388 static int
|
|
|
389 points_to_pixels(char_u *str, char_u **end, int vertical)
|
|
|
390 {
|
|
|
391 int pixels;
|
|
|
392 int points = 0;
|
|
|
393 int divisor = 0;
|
|
|
394
|
|
|
395 while (*str)
|
|
|
396 {
|
|
|
397 if (*str == '.' && divisor == 0)
|
|
|
398 {
|
|
|
399 /* Start keeping a divisor, for later */
|
|
|
400 divisor = 1;
|
|
|
401 continue;
|
|
|
402 }
|
|
|
403
|
|
|
404 if (!isdigit(*str))
|
|
|
405 break;
|
|
|
406
|
|
|
407 points *= 10;
|
|
|
408 points += *str - '0';
|
|
|
409 divisor *= 10;
|
|
|
410
|
|
|
411 ++str;
|
|
|
412 }
|
|
|
413
|
|
|
414 if (divisor == 0)
|
|
|
415 divisor = 1;
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
417 pixels = points/divisor;
|
|
|
418 *end = str;
|
|
|
419 return pixels;
|
|
|
420 }
|
|
|
421
|
|
593
|
422 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
423 /*
|
|
|
424 * Deletes all traces of any Windows-style mnemonic text (including any
|
|
|
425 * parentheses) from a menu item and returns the cleaned menu item title.
|
|
|
426 * The caller is responsible for releasing the returned string.
|
|
|
427 */
|
|
|
428 static CFStringRef
|
|
593
|
429 menu_title_removing_mnemonic(vimmenu_T *menu)
|
|
168
|
430 {
|
|
|
431 CFStringRef name;
|
|
|
432 size_t menuTitleLen;
|
|
|
433 CFIndex displayLen;
|
|
|
434 CFRange mnemonicStart;
|
|
|
435 CFRange mnemonicEnd;
|
|
|
436 CFMutableStringRef cleanedName;
|
|
|
437
|
|
|
438 menuTitleLen = STRLEN(menu->dname);
|
|
|
439 name = mac_enc_to_cfstring(menu->dname, menuTitleLen);
|
|
|
440
|
|
|
441 if (name)
|
|
|
442 {
|
|
|
443 /* Simple mnemonic-removal algorithm, assumes single parenthesized
|
|
|
444 * mnemonic character towards the end of the menu text */
|
|
|
445 mnemonicStart = CFStringFind(name, CFSTR("("), kCFCompareBackwards);
|
|
|
446 displayLen = CFStringGetLength(name);
|
|
|
447
|
|
|
448 if (mnemonicStart.location != kCFNotFound
|
|
|
449 && (mnemonicStart.location + 2) < displayLen
|
|
|
450 && CFStringGetCharacterAtIndex(name,
|
|
|
451 mnemonicStart.location + 1) == (UniChar)menu->mnemonic)
|
|
|
452 {
|
|
|
453 if (CFStringFindWithOptions(name, CFSTR(")"),
|
|
|
454 CFRangeMake(mnemonicStart.location + 1,
|
|
|
455 displayLen - mnemonicStart.location - 1),
|
|
|
456 kCFCompareBackwards, &mnemonicEnd) &&
|
|
|
457 (mnemonicStart.location + 2) == mnemonicEnd.location)
|
|
|
458 {
|
|
|
459 cleanedName = CFStringCreateMutableCopy(NULL, 0, name);
|
|
|
460 if (cleanedName)
|
|
|
461 {
|
|
|
462 CFStringDelete(cleanedName,
|
|
|
463 CFRangeMake(mnemonicStart.location,
|
|
|
464 mnemonicEnd.location + 1 -
|
|
|
465 mnemonicStart.location));
|
|
|
466
|
|
|
467 CFRelease(name);
|
|
|
468 name = cleanedName;
|
|
|
469 }
|
|
|
470 }
|
|
|
471 }
|
|
|
472 }
|
|
|
473
|
|
|
474 return name;
|
|
|
475 }
|
|
|
476 #endif
|
|
|
477
|
|
7
|
478 /*
|
|
|
479 * Convert a list of FSSpec aliases into a list of fullpathname
|
|
|
480 * character strings.
|
|
|
481 */
|
|
|
482
|
|
593
|
483 char_u **
|
|
|
484 new_fnames_from_AEDesc(AEDesc *theList, long *numFiles, OSErr *error)
|
|
7
|
485 {
|
|
|
486 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
487 OSErr newError;
|
|
|
488 long fileCount;
|
|
|
489 FSSpec fileToOpen;
|
|
|
490 long actualSize;
|
|
|
491 AEKeyword dummyKeyword;
|
|
|
492 DescType dummyType;
|
|
|
493
|
|
|
494 /* Get number of files in list */
|
|
|
495 *error = AECountItems(theList, numFiles);
|
|
|
496 if (*error)
|
|
|
497 {
|
|
|
498 return(fnames);
|
|
|
499 }
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
501 /* Allocate the pointer list */
|
|
|
502 fnames = (char_u **) alloc(*numFiles * sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
503
|
|
|
504 /* Empty out the list */
|
|
|
505 for (fileCount = 0; fileCount < *numFiles; fileCount++)
|
|
|
506 fnames[fileCount] = NULL;
|
|
|
507
|
|
|
508 /* Scan the list of FSSpec */
|
|
|
509 for (fileCount = 1; fileCount <= *numFiles; fileCount++)
|
|
|
510 {
|
|
|
511 /* Get the alias for the nth file, convert to an FSSpec */
|
|
|
512 newError = AEGetNthPtr(theList, fileCount, typeFSS,
|
|
|
513 &dummyKeyword, &dummyType,
|
|
|
514 (Ptr) &fileToOpen, sizeof(FSSpec), &actualSize);
|
|
|
515 if (newError)
|
|
|
516 {
|
|
|
517 /* Caller is able to clean up */
|
|
|
518 /* TODO: Should be clean up or not? For safety. */
|
|
|
519 return(fnames);
|
|
|
520 }
|
|
|
521
|
|
|
522 /* Convert the FSSpec to a pathname */
|
|
9
|
523 fnames[fileCount - 1] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(fileToOpen);
|
|
7
|
524 }
|
|
|
525
|
|
|
526 return (fnames);
|
|
|
527 }
|
|
|
528
|
|
|
529 /*
|
|
|
530 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
531 * CodeWarrior External Editor Support
|
|
|
532 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
533 */
|
|
|
534 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR
|
|
|
535
|
|
|
536 /*
|
|
|
537 * Handle the Window Search event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
538 *
|
|
|
539 * Description
|
|
|
540 * -----------
|
|
|
541 *
|
|
|
542 * The IDE sends the Window Search AppleEvent to the editor when it
|
|
|
543 * needs to know whether a particular file is open in the editor.
|
|
|
544 *
|
|
|
545 * Event Reply
|
|
|
546 * -----------
|
|
|
547 *
|
|
|
548 * None. Put data in the location specified in the structure received.
|
|
|
549 *
|
|
|
550 * Remarks
|
|
|
551 * -------
|
|
|
552 *
|
|
|
553 * When the editor receives this event, determine whether the specified
|
|
|
554 * file is open. If it is, return the modification date/time for that file
|
|
|
555 * in the appropriate location specified in the structure. If the file is
|
|
9
|
556 * not opened, put the value fnfErr(file not found) in that location.
|
|
7
|
557 *
|
|
|
558 */
|
|
|
559
|
|
|
560 typedef struct WindowSearch WindowSearch;
|
|
|
561 struct WindowSearch /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'SRCH', keyDirectObject typeChar*/
|
|
|
562 {
|
|
|
563 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file
|
|
|
564 long *theDate; // where to put the modification date/time
|
|
|
565 };
|
|
|
566
|
|
9
|
567 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
568 Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE(
|
|
|
569 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
570 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
571 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
572 {
|
|
|
573 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
574 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
575 int foundFile = false;
|
|
|
576 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
577 WindowSearch SearchData;
|
|
|
578 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
579
|
|
|
580 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &SearchData, sizeof(WindowSearch), &actualSize);
|
|
|
581 if (error)
|
|
|
582 {
|
|
|
583 return(error);
|
|
|
584 }
|
|
|
585
|
|
9
|
586 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
587 if (error)
|
|
|
588 {
|
|
|
589 return(error);
|
|
|
590 }
|
|
|
591
|
|
|
592 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
593 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL
|
|
|
594 && SearchData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID
|
|
|
595 && SearchData.theFile.name[0] == buf->b_FSSpec.name[0]
|
|
|
596 && STRNCMP(SearchData.theFile.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name[0] + 1) == 0)
|
|
|
597 {
|
|
|
598 foundFile = true;
|
|
|
599 break;
|
|
|
600 }
|
|
|
601
|
|
|
602 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
|
603 *SearchData.theDate = fnfErr;
|
|
|
604 else
|
|
|
605 *SearchData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
606
|
|
|
607 return error;
|
|
|
608 };
|
|
|
609
|
|
|
610 /*
|
|
|
611 * Handle the Modified (from IDE to Editor) event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
612 *
|
|
|
613 * Description
|
|
|
614 * -----------
|
|
|
615 *
|
|
|
616 * The IDE sends this event to the external editor when it wants to
|
|
|
617 * know which files that are open in the editor have been modified.
|
|
|
618 *
|
|
|
619 * Parameters None.
|
|
|
620 * ----------
|
|
|
621 *
|
|
|
622 * Event Reply
|
|
|
623 * -----------
|
|
|
624 * The reply for this event is:
|
|
|
625 *
|
|
|
626 * keyDirectObject typeAEList required
|
|
|
627 * each element in the list is a structure of typeChar
|
|
|
628 *
|
|
|
629 * Remarks
|
|
|
630 * -------
|
|
|
631 *
|
|
|
632 * When building the reply event, include one element in the list for
|
|
|
633 * each open file that has been modified.
|
|
|
634 *
|
|
|
635 */
|
|
|
636
|
|
|
637 typedef struct ModificationInfo ModificationInfo;
|
|
|
638 struct ModificationInfo /* for replying to class 'KAHL', event 'MOD ', keyDirectObject typeAEList*/
|
|
|
639 {
|
|
|
640 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file
|
|
|
641 long theDate; // the date/time the file was last modified
|
|
|
642 short saved; // set this to zero when replying, unused
|
|
|
643 };
|
|
|
644
|
|
9
|
645 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
646 Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE(
|
|
|
647 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
648 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
649 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
650 {
|
|
|
651 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
652 AEDescList replyList;
|
|
|
653 long numFiles;
|
|
|
654 ModificationInfo theFile;
|
|
|
655 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
656
|
|
|
657 theFile.saved = 0;
|
|
|
658
|
|
9
|
659 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
660 if (error)
|
|
|
661 {
|
|
|
662 return(error);
|
|
|
663 }
|
|
|
664
|
|
|
665 /* Send the reply */
|
|
|
666 /* replyObject.descriptorType = typeNull;
|
|
|
667 replyObject.dataHandle = nil;*/
|
|
|
668
|
|
|
669 /* AECreateDesc(typeChar, (Ptr)&title[1], title[0], &data) */
|
|
|
670 error = AECreateList(nil, 0, false, &replyList);
|
|
|
671 if (error)
|
|
|
672 {
|
|
|
673 return(error);
|
|
|
674 }
|
|
|
675
|
|
|
676 #if 0
|
|
|
677 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles);
|
|
9
|
678
|
|
|
679 /* AEPutKeyDesc(&replyList, keyAEPnject, &aDesc)
|
|
|
680 * AEPutKeyPtr(&replyList, keyAEPosition, typeChar, (Ptr)&theType,
|
|
7
|
681 * sizeof(DescType))
|
|
|
682 */
|
|
|
683
|
|
|
684 /* AEPutDesc */
|
|
|
685 #endif
|
|
|
686
|
|
|
687 numFiles = 0;
|
|
|
688 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
689 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL)
|
|
|
690 {
|
|
|
691 /* Add this file to the list */
|
|
|
692 theFile.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec;
|
|
|
693 theFile.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
9
|
694 /* theFile.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0; */
|
|
|
695 error = AEPutPtr(&replyList, numFiles, typeChar, (Ptr) &theFile, sizeof(theFile));
|
|
7
|
696 };
|
|
|
697
|
|
|
698 #if 0
|
|
|
699 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles);
|
|
|
700 #endif
|
|
|
701
|
|
|
702 /* We can add data only if something to reply */
|
|
9
|
703 error = AEPutParamDesc(theReply, keyDirectObject, &replyList);
|
|
7
|
704
|
|
|
705 if (replyList.dataHandle)
|
|
|
706 AEDisposeDesc(&replyList);
|
|
|
707
|
|
|
708 return error;
|
|
|
709 };
|
|
|
710
|
|
|
711 /*
|
|
|
712 * Handle the Get Text event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
713 *
|
|
|
714 * Description
|
|
|
715 * -----------
|
|
|
716 *
|
|
|
717 * The IDE sends the Get Text AppleEvent to the editor when it needs
|
|
|
718 * the source code from a file. For example, when the user issues a
|
|
|
719 * Check Syntax or Compile command, the compiler needs access to
|
|
|
720 * the source code contained in the file.
|
|
|
721 *
|
|
|
722 * Event Reply
|
|
|
723 * -----------
|
|
|
724 *
|
|
|
725 * None. Put data in locations specified in the structure received.
|
|
|
726 *
|
|
|
727 * Remarks
|
|
|
728 * -------
|
|
|
729 *
|
|
|
730 * When the editor receives this event, it must set the size of the handle
|
|
|
731 * in theText to fit the data in the file. It must then copy the entire
|
|
|
732 * contents of the specified file into the memory location specified in
|
|
|
733 * theText.
|
|
|
734 *
|
|
|
735 */
|
|
|
736
|
|
|
737 typedef struct CW_GetText CW_GetText;
|
|
|
738 struct CW_GetText /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'GTTX', keyDirectObject typeChar*/
|
|
|
739 {
|
|
|
740 FSSpec theFile; /* identifies the file */
|
|
|
741 Handle theText; /* the location where you return the text (must be resized properly) */
|
|
|
742 long *unused; /* 0 (not used) */
|
|
|
743 long *theDate; /* where to put the modification date/time */
|
|
|
744 };
|
|
|
745
|
|
9
|
746 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
747 Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE(
|
|
|
748 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
749 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
750 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
751 {
|
|
|
752 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
753 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
754 int foundFile = false;
|
|
|
755 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
756 CW_GetText GetTextData;
|
|
|
757 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
758 char_u *line;
|
|
|
759 char_u *fullbuffer = NULL;
|
|
|
760 long linesize;
|
|
|
761 long lineStart;
|
|
|
762 long BufferSize;
|
|
|
763 long lineno;
|
|
|
764
|
|
|
765 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &GetTextData, sizeof(GetTextData), &actualSize);
|
|
|
766
|
|
|
767 if (error)
|
|
|
768 {
|
|
|
769 return(error);
|
|
|
770 }
|
|
|
771
|
|
|
772 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
773 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL)
|
|
|
774 if (GetTextData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID)
|
|
|
775 {
|
|
|
776 foundFile = true;
|
|
|
777 break;
|
|
|
778 }
|
|
|
779
|
|
|
780 if (foundFile)
|
|
|
781 {
|
|
9
|
782 BufferSize = 0; /* GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText); */
|
|
7
|
783 for (lineno = 0; lineno <= buf->b_ml.ml_line_count; lineno++)
|
|
|
784 {
|
|
|
785 /* Must use the right buffer */
|
|
|
786 line = ml_get_buf(buf, (linenr_T) lineno, FALSE);
|
|
|
787 linesize = STRLEN(line) + 1;
|
|
|
788 lineStart = BufferSize;
|
|
|
789 BufferSize += linesize;
|
|
|
790 /* Resize handle to linesize+1 to include the linefeed */
|
|
9
|
791 SetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText, BufferSize);
|
|
|
792 if (GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText) != BufferSize)
|
|
7
|
793 {
|
|
|
794 break; /* Simple handling for now */
|
|
|
795 }
|
|
|
796 else
|
|
|
797 {
|
|
9
|
798 HLock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
799 fullbuffer = (char_u *) *GetTextData.theText;
|
|
9
|
800 STRCPY((char_u *)(fullbuffer + lineStart), line);
|
|
7
|
801 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = '\r';
|
|
9
|
802 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
803 }
|
|
|
804 }
|
|
|
805 if (fullbuffer != NULL)
|
|
|
806 {
|
|
9
|
807 HLock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
808 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = 0;
|
|
9
|
809 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
810 }
|
|
|
811 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
|
812 *GetTextData.theDate = fnfErr;
|
|
|
813 else
|
|
9
|
814 /* *GetTextData.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0;*/
|
|
7
|
815 *GetTextData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
816 }
|
|
9
|
817
|
|
|
818 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
819 if (error)
|
|
|
820 {
|
|
|
821 return(error);
|
|
|
822 }
|
|
|
823
|
|
|
824 return(error);
|
|
|
825 }
|
|
|
826
|
|
|
827 /*
|
|
|
828 *
|
|
|
829 */
|
|
|
830
|
|
|
831 /* Taken from MoreAppleEvents:ProcessHelpers*/
|
|
593
|
832 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
833 FindProcessBySignature(
|
|
|
834 const OSType targetType,
|
|
|
835 const OSType targetCreator,
|
|
|
836 ProcessSerialNumberPtr psnPtr)
|
|
7
|
837 {
|
|
|
838 OSErr anErr = noErr;
|
|
|
839 Boolean lookingForProcess = true;
|
|
|
840
|
|
|
841 ProcessInfoRec infoRec;
|
|
|
842
|
|
9
|
843 infoRec.processInfoLength = sizeof(ProcessInfoRec);
|
|
7
|
844 infoRec.processName = nil;
|
|
|
845 infoRec.processAppSpec = nil;
|
|
|
846
|
|
|
847 psnPtr->lowLongOfPSN = kNoProcess;
|
|
|
848 psnPtr->highLongOfPSN = kNoProcess;
|
|
|
849
|
|
9
|
850 while (lookingForProcess)
|
|
7
|
851 {
|
|
9
|
852 anErr = GetNextProcess(psnPtr);
|
|
|
853 if (anErr != noErr)
|
|
7
|
854 lookingForProcess = false;
|
|
|
855 else
|
|
|
856 {
|
|
9
|
857 anErr = GetProcessInformation(psnPtr, &infoRec);
|
|
|
858 if ((anErr == noErr)
|
|
|
859 && (infoRec.processType == targetType)
|
|
|
860 && (infoRec.processSignature == targetCreator))
|
|
7
|
861 lookingForProcess = false;
|
|
|
862 }
|
|
|
863 }
|
|
|
864
|
|
|
865 return anErr;
|
|
|
866 }//end FindProcessBySignature
|
|
|
867
|
|
9
|
868 void
|
|
|
869 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf_T *buf)
|
|
7
|
870 {
|
|
9
|
871 OSErr anErr = noErr;
|
|
|
872 AEDesc targetAppDesc = { typeNull, nil };
|
|
7
|
873 ProcessSerialNumber psn = { kNoProcess, kNoProcess };
|
|
|
874 AppleEvent theReply = { typeNull, nil };
|
|
|
875 AESendMode sendMode;
|
|
|
876 AppleEvent theEvent = {typeNull, nil };
|
|
|
877 AEIdleUPP idleProcUPP = nil;
|
|
|
878 ModificationInfo ModData;
|
|
|
879
|
|
|
880
|
|
9
|
881 anErr = FindProcessBySignature('APPL', 'CWIE', &psn);
|
|
|
882 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
7
|
883 {
|
|
9
|
884 anErr = AECreateDesc(typeProcessSerialNumber, &psn,
|
|
|
885 sizeof(ProcessSerialNumber), &targetAppDesc);
|
|
|
886
|
|
|
887 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
7
|
888 {
|
|
|
889 anErr = AECreateAppleEvent( 'KAHL', 'MOD ', &targetAppDesc,
|
|
|
890 kAutoGenerateReturnID, kAnyTransactionID, &theEvent);
|
|
|
891 }
|
|
|
892
|
|
9
|
893 AEDisposeDesc(&targetAppDesc);
|
|
7
|
894
|
|
|
895 /* Add the parms */
|
|
|
896 ModData.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec;
|
|
|
897 ModData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
898
|
|
|
899 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
9
|
900 anErr = AEPutParamPtr(&theEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &ModData, sizeof(ModData));
|
|
|
901
|
|
|
902 if (idleProcUPP == nil)
|
|
7
|
903 sendMode = kAENoReply;
|
|
|
904 else
|
|
|
905 sendMode = kAEWaitReply;
|
|
|
906
|
|
9
|
907 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
|
908 anErr = AESend(&theEvent, &theReply, sendMode, kAENormalPriority, kNoTimeOut, idleProcUPP, nil);
|
|
|
909 if (anErr == noErr && sendMode == kAEWaitReply)
|
|
7
|
910 {
|
|
9
|
911 /* anErr = AEHGetHandlerError(&theReply);*/
|
|
7
|
912 }
|
|
9
|
913 (void) AEDisposeDesc(&theReply);
|
|
7
|
914 }
|
|
|
915 }
|
|
|
916 #endif /* FEAT_CW_EDITOR */
|
|
|
917
|
|
|
918 /*
|
|
|
919 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
920 * Apple Event Handling procedure
|
|
|
921 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
922 */
|
|
|
923 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
924
|
|
|
925 /*
|
|
|
926 * Handle the Unused parms of an AppleEvent
|
|
|
927 */
|
|
|
928
|
|
9
|
929 OSErr
|
|
|
930 HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent)
|
|
7
|
931 {
|
|
|
932 OSErr error;
|
|
|
933 long actualSize;
|
|
|
934 DescType dummyType;
|
|
|
935 AEKeyword missedKeyword;
|
|
|
936
|
|
|
937 /* Get the "missed keyword" attribute from the AppleEvent. */
|
|
|
938 error = AEGetAttributePtr(theAEvent, keyMissedKeywordAttr,
|
|
|
939 typeKeyword, &dummyType,
|
|
|
940 (Ptr)&missedKeyword, sizeof(missedKeyword),
|
|
|
941 &actualSize);
|
|
|
942
|
|
|
943 /* If the descriptor isn't found, then we got the required parameters. */
|
|
|
944 if (error == errAEDescNotFound)
|
|
|
945 {
|
|
|
946 error = noErr;
|
|
|
947 }
|
|
|
948 else
|
|
|
949 {
|
|
|
950 #if 0
|
|
|
951 /* Why is this removed? */
|
|
|
952 error = errAEEventNotHandled;
|
|
|
953 #endif
|
|
|
954 }
|
|
|
955
|
|
|
956 return error;
|
|
|
957 }
|
|
|
958
|
|
|
959
|
|
|
960 /*
|
|
|
961 * Handle the ODoc AppleEvent
|
|
|
962 *
|
|
|
963 * Deals with all files dragged to the application icon.
|
|
|
964 *
|
|
|
965 */
|
|
|
966
|
|
|
967 typedef struct SelectionRange SelectionRange;
|
|
|
968 struct SelectionRange /* for handling kCoreClassEvent:kOpenDocuments:keyAEPosition typeChar */
|
|
|
969 {
|
|
|
970 short unused1; // 0 (not used)
|
|
|
971 short lineNum; // line to select (<0 to specify range)
|
|
|
972 long startRange; // start of selection range (if line < 0)
|
|
|
973 long endRange; // end of selection range (if line < 0)
|
|
|
974 long unused2; // 0 (not used)
|
|
|
975 long theDate; // modification date/time
|
|
|
976 };
|
|
|
977
|
|
|
978 /* The IDE uses the optional keyAEPosition parameter to tell the ed-
|
|
|
979 itor the selection range. If lineNum is zero or greater, scroll the text
|
|
|
980 to the specified line. If lineNum is less than zero, use the values in
|
|
|
981 startRange and endRange to select the specified characters. Scroll
|
|
|
982 the text to display the selection. If lineNum, startRange, and
|
|
|
983 endRange are all negative, there is no selection range specified.
|
|
|
984 */
|
|
|
985
|
|
9
|
986 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
987 HandleODocAE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
988 {
|
|
|
989 /*
|
|
|
990 * TODO: Clean up the code with convert the AppleEvent into
|
|
|
991 * a ":args"
|
|
|
992 */
|
|
|
993 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
994 // OSErr firstError = noErr;
|
|
|
995 // short numErrors = 0;
|
|
|
996 AEDesc theList;
|
|
|
997 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
998 long numFiles;
|
|
|
999 // long fileCount;
|
|
|
1000 char_u **fnames;
|
|
|
1001 // char_u fname[256];
|
|
|
1002 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
1003 SelectionRange thePosition;
|
|
|
1004 short gotPosition = false;
|
|
|
1005 long lnum;
|
|
|
1006
|
|
|
1007 /* the direct object parameter is the list of aliases to files (one or more) */
|
|
|
1008 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeAEList, &theList);
|
|
|
1009 if (error)
|
|
|
1010 {
|
|
|
1011 return(error);
|
|
|
1012 }
|
|
|
1013
|
|
|
1014
|
|
|
1015 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &thePosition, sizeof(SelectionRange), &actualSize);
|
|
|
1016 if (error == noErr)
|
|
|
1017 gotPosition = true;
|
|
|
1018 if (error == errAEDescNotFound)
|
|
|
1019 error = noErr;
|
|
|
1020 if (error)
|
|
|
1021 {
|
|
|
1022 return(error);
|
|
|
1023 }
|
|
|
1024
|
|
|
1025 /*
|
|
|
1026 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &thePosition);
|
|
|
1027
|
|
|
1028 if (^error) then
|
|
|
1029 {
|
|
|
1030 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0)
|
|
|
1031 {
|
|
|
1032 // Goto this line
|
|
|
1033 }
|
|
|
1034 else
|
|
|
1035 {
|
|
|
1036 // Set the range char wise
|
|
|
1037 }
|
|
|
1038 }
|
|
|
1039 */
|
|
|
1040
|
|
|
1041
|
|
|
1042 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
1043 reset_VIsual();
|
|
|
1044 #endif
|
|
|
1045
|
|
|
1046 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&theList, &numFiles, &error);
|
|
|
1047
|
|
|
1048 if (error)
|
|
|
1049 {
|
|
|
1050 /* TODO: empty fnames[] first */
|
|
|
1051 vim_free(fnames);
|
|
|
1052 return (error);
|
|
|
1053 }
|
|
|
1054
|
|
|
1055 if (starting > 0)
|
|
|
1056 {
|
|
|
1057 int i;
|
|
|
1058 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1059
|
|
|
1060 /* these are the initial files dropped on the Vim icon */
|
|
|
1061 for (i = 0 ; i < numFiles; i++)
|
|
|
1062 {
|
|
|
1063 if (ga_grow(&global_alist.al_ga, 1) == FAIL
|
|
|
1064 || (p = vim_strsave(fnames[i])) == NULL)
|
|
|
1065 mch_exit(2);
|
|
|
1066 else
|
|
|
1067 alist_add(&global_alist, p, 2);
|
|
|
1068 }
|
|
|
1069 goto finished;
|
|
|
1070 }
|
|
|
1071
|
|
|
1072 /* Handle the drop, :edit to get to the file */
|
|
|
1073 handle_drop(numFiles, fnames, FALSE);
|
|
|
1074
|
|
|
1075 /* TODO: Handle the goto/select line more cleanly */
|
|
|
1076 if ((numFiles == 1) & (gotPosition))
|
|
|
1077 {
|
|
|
1078 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0)
|
|
|
1079 {
|
|
37
|
1080 lnum = thePosition.lineNum + 1;
|
|
7
|
1081 /* oap->motion_type = MLINE;
|
|
|
1082 setpcmark();*/
|
|
|
1083 if (lnum < 1L)
|
|
|
1084 lnum = 1L;
|
|
|
1085 else if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
1086 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
1087 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
37
|
1088 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
7
|
1089 /* beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX);*/
|
|
|
1090 }
|
|
|
1091 else
|
|
|
1092 goto_byte(thePosition.startRange + 1);
|
|
|
1093 }
|
|
|
1094
|
|
|
1095 /* Update the screen display */
|
|
|
1096 update_screen(NOT_VALID);
|
|
37
|
1097 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
1098 /* Select the text if possible */
|
|
|
1099 if (gotPosition)
|
|
|
1100 {
|
|
168
|
1101 VIsual_active = TRUE;
|
|
|
1102 VIsual_select = FALSE;
|
|
|
1103 VIsual = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
1104 if (thePosition.lineNum < 0)
|
|
37
|
1105 {
|
|
168
|
1106 VIsual_mode = 'v';
|
|
|
1107 goto_byte(thePosition.endRange);
|
|
|
1108 }
|
|
|
1109 else
|
|
37
|
1110 {
|
|
168
|
1111 VIsual_mode = 'V';
|
|
|
1112 VIsual.col = 0;
|
|
|
1113 }
|
|
37
|
1114 }
|
|
|
1115 #endif
|
|
7
|
1116 setcursor();
|
|
|
1117 out_flush();
|
|
|
1118
|
|
37
|
1119 /* Fake mouse event to wake from stall */
|
|
|
1120 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0);
|
|
|
1121
|
|
7
|
1122 finished:
|
|
|
1123 AEDisposeDesc(&theList); /* dispose what we allocated */
|
|
|
1124
|
|
9
|
1125 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1126 if (error)
|
|
|
1127 {
|
|
|
1128 return(error);
|
|
|
1129 }
|
|
|
1130 return(error);
|
|
|
1131 }
|
|
|
1132
|
|
|
1133 /*
|
|
|
1134 *
|
|
|
1135 */
|
|
|
1136
|
|
9
|
1137 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
1138 Handle_aevt_oapp_AE(
|
|
|
1139 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
1140 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
1141 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1142 {
|
|
|
1143 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1144
|
|
9
|
1145 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1146 if (error)
|
|
|
1147 {
|
|
|
1148 return(error);
|
|
|
1149 }
|
|
|
1150
|
|
|
1151 return(error);
|
|
|
1152 }
|
|
|
1153
|
|
|
1154 /*
|
|
|
1155 *
|
|
|
1156 */
|
|
|
1157
|
|
9
|
1158 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
1159 Handle_aevt_quit_AE(
|
|
|
1160 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
1161 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
1162 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1163 {
|
|
|
1164 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1165
|
|
9
|
1166 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1167 if (error)
|
|
|
1168 {
|
|
|
1169 return(error);
|
|
|
1170 }
|
|
|
1171
|
|
|
1172 /* Need to fake a :confirm qa */
|
|
|
1173 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"confirm qa");
|
|
|
1174
|
|
|
1175 return(error);
|
|
|
1176 }
|
|
|
1177
|
|
|
1178 /*
|
|
|
1179 *
|
|
|
1180 */
|
|
|
1181
|
|
9
|
1182 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
1183 Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE(
|
|
|
1184 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
1185 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
1186 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1187 {
|
|
|
1188 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1189
|
|
9
|
1190 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1191 if (error)
|
|
|
1192 {
|
|
|
1193 return(error);
|
|
|
1194 }
|
|
|
1195
|
|
|
1196 return(error);
|
|
|
1197 }
|
|
|
1198
|
|
|
1199 /*
|
|
|
1200 * Handling of unknown AppleEvent
|
|
|
1201 *
|
|
|
1202 * (Just get rid of all the parms)
|
|
|
1203 */
|
|
9
|
1204 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
1205 Handle_unknown_AE(
|
|
|
1206 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
1207 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
1208 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1209 {
|
|
|
1210 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1211
|
|
9
|
1212 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1213 if (error)
|
|
|
1214 {
|
|
|
1215 return(error);
|
|
|
1216 }
|
|
|
1217
|
|
|
1218 return(error);
|
|
|
1219 }
|
|
|
1220
|
|
|
1221
|
|
|
1222 /*
|
|
|
1223 * Install the various AppleEvent Handlers
|
|
|
1224 */
|
|
9
|
1225 OSErr
|
|
|
1226 InstallAEHandlers(void)
|
|
7
|
1227 {
|
|
|
1228 OSErr error;
|
|
|
1229
|
|
|
1230 /* install open application handler */
|
|
|
1231 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenApplication,
|
|
593
|
1232 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_oapp_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1233 if (error)
|
|
|
1234 {
|
|
|
1235 return error;
|
|
|
1236 }
|
|
|
1237
|
|
|
1238 /* install quit application handler */
|
|
|
1239 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEQuitApplication,
|
|
593
|
1240 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_quit_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1241 if (error)
|
|
|
1242 {
|
|
|
1243 return error;
|
|
|
1244 }
|
|
|
1245
|
|
|
1246 /* install open document handler */
|
|
|
1247 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenDocuments,
|
|
593
|
1248 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(HandleODocAE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1249 if (error)
|
|
|
1250 {
|
|
|
1251 return error;
|
|
|
1252 }
|
|
|
1253
|
|
|
1254 /* install print document handler */
|
|
|
1255 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEPrintDocuments,
|
|
593
|
1256 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1257
|
|
|
1258 /* Install Core Suite */
|
|
|
1259 /* error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClone,
|
|
593
|
1260 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1261
|
|
|
1262 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClose,
|
|
593
|
1263 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1264
|
|
|
1265 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECountElements,
|
|
593
|
1266 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1267
|
|
|
1268 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECreateElement,
|
|
593
|
1269 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1270
|
|
|
1271 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDelete,
|
|
593
|
1272 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1273
|
|
|
1274 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDoObjectsExist,
|
|
593
|
1275 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1276
|
|
|
1277 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetData,
|
|
593
|
1278 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetData, false);
|
|
7
|
1279
|
|
|
1280 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetDataSize,
|
|
593
|
1281 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetDataSize, false);
|
|
7
|
1282
|
|
|
1283 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetClassInfo,
|
|
593
|
1284 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1285
|
|
|
1286 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetEventInfo,
|
|
593
|
1287 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1288
|
|
|
1289 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEMove,
|
|
593
|
1290 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1291
|
|
|
1292 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESave,
|
|
593
|
1293 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1294
|
|
|
1295 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESetData,
|
|
593
|
1296 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1297 */
|
|
|
1298
|
|
|
1299 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR
|
|
|
1300 /*
|
|
|
1301 * Bind codewarrior support handlers
|
|
|
1302 */
|
|
|
1303 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'GTTX',
|
|
593
|
1304 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1305 if (error)
|
|
|
1306 {
|
|
|
1307 return error;
|
|
|
1308 }
|
|
|
1309 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'SRCH',
|
|
593
|
1310 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1311 if (error)
|
|
|
1312 {
|
|
|
1313 return error;
|
|
|
1314 }
|
|
|
1315 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'MOD ',
|
|
593
|
1316 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1317 if (error)
|
|
|
1318 {
|
|
|
1319 return error;
|
|
|
1320 }
|
|
|
1321 #endif
|
|
|
1322
|
|
|
1323 return error;
|
|
|
1324
|
|
|
1325 }
|
|
|
1326 #endif /* USE_AEVENT */
|
|
|
1327
|
|
13
|
1328
|
|
|
1329 /*
|
|
|
1330 * Callback function, installed by InstallFontPanelHandler(), below,
|
|
|
1331 * to handle Font Panel events.
|
|
|
1332 */
|
|
|
1333 static OSStatus
|
|
593
|
1334 FontPanelHandler(
|
|
|
1335 EventHandlerCallRef inHandlerCallRef,
|
|
|
1336 EventRef inEvent,
|
|
|
1337 void *inUserData)
|
|
13
|
1338 {
|
|
|
1339 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontPanelClosed)
|
|
|
1340 {
|
|
|
1341 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = false;
|
|
|
1342 return noErr;
|
|
|
1343 }
|
|
|
1344
|
|
|
1345 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontSelection)
|
|
|
1346 {
|
|
|
1347 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
1348 FMFontFamily newFamily;
|
|
|
1349 FMFontSize newSize;
|
|
|
1350 FMFontStyle newStyle;
|
|
|
1351
|
|
|
1352 /* Retrieve the font family ID number. */
|
|
|
1353 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontFamily,
|
|
|
1354 /*inDesiredType=*/typeFMFontFamily, /*outActualType=*/NULL,
|
|
|
1355 /*inBufferSize=*/sizeof(FMFontFamily), /*outActualSize=*/NULL,
|
|
|
1356 &newFamily);
|
|
|
1357 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
1358 gFontPanelInfo.family = newFamily;
|
|
|
1359
|
|
|
1360 /* Retrieve the font size. */
|
|
|
1361 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontSize,
|
|
|
1362 typeFMFontSize, NULL, sizeof(FMFontSize), NULL, &newSize);
|
|
|
1363 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
1364 gFontPanelInfo.size = newSize;
|
|
|
1365
|
|
|
1366 /* Retrieve the font style (bold, etc.). Currently unused. */
|
|
|
1367 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontStyle,
|
|
|
1368 typeFMFontStyle, NULL, sizeof(FMFontStyle), NULL, &newStyle);
|
|
|
1369 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
1370 gFontPanelInfo.style = newStyle;
|
|
|
1371 }
|
|
|
1372 return noErr;
|
|
|
1373 }
|
|
|
1374
|
|
|
1375
|
|
|
1376 static void
|
|
593
|
1377 InstallFontPanelHandler(void)
|
|
13
|
1378 {
|
|
|
1379 EventTypeSpec eventTypes[2];
|
|
|
1380 EventHandlerUPP handlerUPP;
|
|
|
1381 /* EventHandlerRef handlerRef; */
|
|
|
1382
|
|
|
1383 eventTypes[0].eventClass = kEventClassFont;
|
|
|
1384 eventTypes[0].eventKind = kEventFontSelection;
|
|
|
1385 eventTypes[1].eventClass = kEventClassFont;
|
|
|
1386 eventTypes[1].eventKind = kEventFontPanelClosed;
|
|
|
1387
|
|
|
1388 handlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(FontPanelHandler);
|
|
|
1389
|
|
|
1390 InstallApplicationEventHandler(handlerUPP, /*numTypes=*/2, eventTypes,
|
|
|
1391 /*userData=*/NULL, /*handlerRef=*/NULL);
|
|
|
1392 }
|
|
|
1393
|
|
|
1394
|
|
|
1395 /*
|
|
|
1396 * Fill the buffer pointed to by outName with the name and size
|
|
|
1397 * of the font currently selected in the Font Panel.
|
|
|
1398 */
|
|
168
|
1399 #define FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE 32
|
|
13
|
1400 static void
|
|
501
|
1401 GetFontPanelSelection(char_u *outName)
|
|
13
|
1402 {
|
|
168
|
1403 Str255 buf;
|
|
|
1404 ByteCount fontNameLen = 0;
|
|
|
1405 ATSUFontID fid;
|
|
|
1406 char_u styleString[FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE];
|
|
13
|
1407
|
|
|
1408 if (!outName)
|
|
|
1409 return;
|
|
|
1410
|
|
168
|
1411 if (FMGetFontFamilyName(gFontPanelInfo.family, buf) == noErr)
|
|
|
1412 {
|
|
|
1413 /* Canonicalize localized font names */
|
|
|
1414 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(gFontPanelInfo.family,
|
|
|
1415 gFontPanelInfo.style, &fid, NULL) != noErr)
|
|
|
1416 return;
|
|
|
1417
|
|
|
1418 /* Request font name with Mac encoding (otherwise we could
|
|
|
1419 * get an unwanted utf-16 name) */
|
|
|
1420 if (ATSUFindFontName(fid, kFontFullName, kFontMacintoshPlatform,
|
|
|
1421 kFontNoScriptCode, kFontNoLanguageCode,
|
|
501
|
1422 255, (char *)outName, &fontNameLen, NULL) != noErr)
|
|
168
|
1423 return;
|
|
|
1424
|
|
|
1425 /* Only encode font size, because style (bold, italic, etc) is
|
|
|
1426 * already part of the font full name */
|
|
501
|
1427 vim_snprintf((char *)styleString, FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE, ":h%d",
|
|
168
|
1428 gFontPanelInfo.size/*,
|
|
|
1429 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & bold)!=0 ? ":b" : ""),
|
|
|
1430 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & italic)!=0 ? ":i" : ""),
|
|
|
1431 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & underline)!=0 ? ":u" : "")*/);
|
|
|
1432
|
|
|
1433 if ((fontNameLen + STRLEN(styleString)) < 255)
|
|
|
1434 STRCPY(outName + fontNameLen, styleString);
|
|
|
1435 }
|
|
|
1436 else
|
|
|
1437 {
|
|
501
|
1438 *outName = NUL;
|
|
168
|
1439 }
|
|
13
|
1440 }
|
|
|
1441
|
|
|
1442
|
|
7
|
1443 /*
|
|
|
1444 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1445 * Unfiled yet
|
|
|
1446 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1447 */
|
|
|
1448
|
|
|
1449 /*
|
|
|
1450 * gui_mac_get_menu_item_index
|
|
|
1451 *
|
|
|
1452 * Returns the index inside the menu wher
|
|
|
1453 */
|
|
|
1454 short /* Shoulde we return MenuItemIndex? */
|
|
593
|
1455 gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(vimmenu_T *pMenu)
|
|
7
|
1456 {
|
|
|
1457 short index;
|
|
|
1458 short itemIndex = -1;
|
|
|
1459 vimmenu_T *pBrother;
|
|
|
1460
|
|
|
1461 /* Only menu without parent are the:
|
|
|
1462 * -menu in the menubar
|
|
|
1463 * -popup menu
|
|
|
1464 * -toolbar (guess)
|
|
|
1465 *
|
|
|
1466 * Which are not items anyway.
|
|
|
1467 */
|
|
|
1468 if (pMenu->parent)
|
|
|
1469 {
|
|
|
1470 /* Start from the Oldest Brother */
|
|
|
1471 pBrother = pMenu->parent->children;
|
|
|
1472 index = 1;
|
|
|
1473 while ((pBrother) && (itemIndex == -1))
|
|
|
1474 {
|
|
|
1475 if (pBrother == pMenu)
|
|
|
1476 itemIndex = index;
|
|
|
1477 index++;
|
|
|
1478 pBrother = pBrother->next;
|
|
|
1479 }
|
|
|
1480 }
|
|
|
1481 return itemIndex;
|
|
|
1482 }
|
|
|
1483
|
|
|
1484 static vimmenu_T *
|
|
593
|
1485 gui_mac_get_vim_menu(short menuID, short itemIndex, vimmenu_T *pMenu)
|
|
7
|
1486 {
|
|
|
1487 short index;
|
|
|
1488 vimmenu_T *pChildMenu;
|
|
|
1489 vimmenu_T *pElder = pMenu->parent;
|
|
|
1490
|
|
|
1491
|
|
|
1492 /* Only menu without parent are the:
|
|
|
1493 * -menu in the menubar
|
|
|
1494 * -popup menu
|
|
|
1495 * -toolbar (guess)
|
|
|
1496 *
|
|
|
1497 * Which are not items anyway.
|
|
|
1498 */
|
|
|
1499
|
|
|
1500 if ((pElder) && (pElder->submenu_id == menuID))
|
|
|
1501 {
|
|
|
1502 for (index = 1; (index != itemIndex) && (pMenu != NULL); index++)
|
|
|
1503 pMenu = pMenu->next;
|
|
|
1504 }
|
|
|
1505 else
|
|
|
1506 {
|
|
|
1507 for (; pMenu != NULL; pMenu = pMenu->next)
|
|
|
1508 {
|
|
|
1509 if (pMenu->children != NULL)
|
|
|
1510 {
|
|
|
1511 pChildMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu
|
|
|
1512 (menuID, itemIndex, pMenu->children);
|
|
|
1513 if (pChildMenu)
|
|
|
1514 {
|
|
|
1515 pMenu = pChildMenu;
|
|
|
1516 break;
|
|
|
1517 }
|
|
|
1518 }
|
|
|
1519 }
|
|
|
1520 }
|
|
|
1521 return pMenu;
|
|
|
1522 }
|
|
|
1523
|
|
|
1524 /*
|
|
|
1525 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1526 * MacOS Feedback procedures
|
|
|
1527 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1528 */
|
|
|
1529 pascal
|
|
|
1530 void
|
|
9
|
1531 gui_mac_drag_thumb(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode)
|
|
7
|
1532 {
|
|
|
1533 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
1534 int value, dragging;
|
|
|
1535 ControlHandle theControlToUse;
|
|
|
1536 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll;
|
|
|
1537
|
|
|
1538 theControlToUse = dragged_sb;
|
|
|
1539
|
|
9
|
1540 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long) GetControlReference(theControlToUse));
|
|
7
|
1541
|
|
|
1542 if (sb == NULL)
|
|
|
1543 return;
|
|
|
1544
|
|
|
1545 /* Need to find value by diff between Old Poss New Pos */
|
|
9
|
1546 value = GetControl32BitValue(theControlToUse);
|
|
7
|
1547 dragging = (partCode != 0);
|
|
|
1548
|
|
|
1549 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new
|
|
|
1550 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */
|
|
|
1551 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar;
|
|
|
1552 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging);
|
|
|
1553 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save;
|
|
|
1554 }
|
|
|
1555
|
|
|
1556 pascal
|
|
|
1557 void
|
|
9
|
1558 gui_mac_scroll_action(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode)
|
|
7
|
1559 {
|
|
|
1560 /* TODO: have live support */
|
|
|
1561 scrollbar_T *sb, *sb_info;
|
|
|
1562 long data;
|
|
|
1563 long value;
|
|
|
1564 int page;
|
|
|
1565 int dragging = FALSE;
|
|
|
1566 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll;
|
|
|
1567
|
|
9
|
1568 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long)GetControlReference(theControl));
|
|
7
|
1569
|
|
|
1570 if (sb == NULL)
|
|
|
1571 return;
|
|
|
1572
|
|
|
1573 if (sb->wp != NULL) /* Left or right scrollbar */
|
|
|
1574 {
|
|
|
1575 /*
|
|
|
1576 * Careful: need to get scrollbar info out of first (left) scrollbar
|
|
|
1577 * for window, but keep real scrollbar too because we must pass it to
|
|
|
1578 * gui_drag_scrollbar().
|
|
|
1579 */
|
|
|
1580 sb_info = &sb->wp->w_scrollbars[0];
|
|
|
1581
|
|
|
1582 if (sb_info->size > 5)
|
|
|
1583 page = sb_info->size - 2; /* use two lines of context */
|
|
|
1584 else
|
|
|
1585 page = sb_info->size;
|
|
|
1586 }
|
|
|
1587 else /* Bottom scrollbar */
|
|
|
1588 {
|
|
|
1589 sb_info = sb;
|
|
|
1590 page = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 5;
|
|
|
1591 }
|
|
|
1592
|
|
|
1593 switch (partCode)
|
|
|
1594 {
|
|
|
1595 case kControlUpButtonPart: data = -1; break;
|
|
|
1596 case kControlDownButtonPart: data = 1; break;
|
|
|
1597 case kControlPageDownPart: data = page; break;
|
|
|
1598 case kControlPageUpPart: data = -page; break;
|
|
|
1599 default: data = 0; break;
|
|
|
1600 }
|
|
|
1601
|
|
|
1602 value = sb_info->value + data;
|
|
|
1603 /* if (value > sb_info->max)
|
|
|
1604 value = sb_info->max;
|
|
|
1605 else if (value < 0)
|
|
|
1606 value = 0;*/
|
|
|
1607
|
|
|
1608 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new
|
|
|
1609 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */
|
|
|
1610 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar;
|
|
|
1611 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging);
|
|
|
1612 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save;
|
|
|
1613
|
|
|
1614 out_flush();
|
|
|
1615 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max);
|
|
|
1616
|
|
|
1617 /* if (sb_info->wp != NULL)
|
|
|
1618 {
|
|
|
1619 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1620 int sb_num;
|
|
|
1621
|
|
|
1622 sb_num = 0;
|
|
|
1623 for (wp = firstwin; wp != sb->wp && wp != NULL; wp = W_NEXT(wp))
|
|
|
1624 sb_num++;
|
|
|
1625
|
|
|
1626 if (wp != NULL)
|
|
|
1627 {
|
|
|
1628 current_scrollbar = sb_num;
|
|
|
1629 scrollbar_value = value;
|
|
|
1630 gui_do_scroll();
|
|
|
1631 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max);
|
|
|
1632 }
|
|
|
1633 }*/
|
|
|
1634 }
|
|
|
1635
|
|
|
1636 /*
|
|
|
1637 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1638 * MacOS Click Handling procedures
|
|
|
1639 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1640 */
|
|
|
1641
|
|
|
1642
|
|
|
1643 /*
|
|
|
1644 * Handle a click inside the window, it may happens in the
|
|
|
1645 * scrollbar or the contents.
|
|
|
1646 *
|
|
|
1647 * TODO: Add support for potential TOOLBAR
|
|
|
1648 */
|
|
|
1649 void
|
|
593
|
1650 gui_mac_doInContentClick(EventRecord *theEvent, WindowPtr whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1651 {
|
|
|
1652 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
1653 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
1654 short thePortion;
|
|
|
1655 ControlHandle theControl;
|
|
|
1656 int vimMouseButton;
|
|
|
1657 short dblClick;
|
|
|
1658
|
|
|
1659 thePoint = theEvent->where;
|
|
9
|
1660 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
|
1661 SelectWindow(whichWindow);
|
|
|
1662
|
|
|
1663 thePortion = FindControl(thePoint, whichWindow, &theControl);
|
|
7
|
1664
|
|
|
1665 if (theControl != NUL)
|
|
|
1666 {
|
|
|
1667 /* We hit a scollbar */
|
|
|
1668
|
|
|
1669 if (thePortion != kControlIndicatorPart)
|
|
|
1670 {
|
|
|
1671 dragged_sb = theControl;
|
|
|
1672 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollAction);
|
|
|
1673 dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
1674 }
|
|
|
1675 else
|
|
|
1676 {
|
|
|
1677 dragged_sb = theControl;
|
|
|
1678 #if 1
|
|
|
1679 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollDrag);
|
|
|
1680 #else
|
|
|
1681 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, NULL);
|
|
|
1682 #endif
|
|
|
1683 /* pass 0 as the part to tell gui_mac_drag_thumb, that the mouse
|
|
|
1684 * button has been released */
|
|
9
|
1685 gui_mac_drag_thumb(theControl, 0); /* Should it be thePortion ? (Dany) */
|
|
7
|
1686 dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
1687 }
|
|
|
1688 }
|
|
|
1689 else
|
|
|
1690 {
|
|
|
1691 /* We are inside the contents */
|
|
|
1692
|
|
|
1693 /* Convert the CTRL, OPTION, SHIFT and CMD key */
|
|
|
1694 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
1695
|
|
|
1696 /* Defaults to MOUSE_LEFT as there's only one mouse button */
|
|
|
1697 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_LEFT;
|
|
|
1698
|
|
|
1699 /* Convert the CTRL_MOUSE_LEFT to MOUSE_RIGHT */
|
|
593
|
1700 /* TODO: NEEDED? */
|
|
7
|
1701 clickIsPopup = FALSE;
|
|
|
1702
|
|
|
1703 if ((gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu) && (mouse_model_popup()))
|
|
|
1704 if (IsShowContextualMenuClick(theEvent))
|
|
|
1705 {
|
|
|
1706 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1707 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
1708 clickIsPopup = TRUE;
|
|
|
1709 }
|
|
|
1710
|
|
|
1711 /* Is it a double click ? */
|
|
|
1712 dblClick = ((theEvent->when - lastMouseTick) < GetDblTime());
|
|
|
1713
|
|
593
|
1714 /* Send the mouse click to Vim */
|
|
7
|
1715 gui_send_mouse_event(vimMouseButton, thePoint.h,
|
|
|
1716 thePoint.v, dblClick, vimModifiers);
|
|
|
1717
|
|
|
1718 /* Create the rectangle around the cursor to detect
|
|
|
1719 * the mouse dragging
|
|
|
1720 */
|
|
|
1721 #if 0
|
|
|
1722 /* TODO: Do we need to this even for the contextual menu?
|
|
|
1723 * It may be require for popup_setpos, but for popup?
|
|
|
1724 */
|
|
|
1725 if (vimMouseButton == MOUSE_LEFT)
|
|
|
1726 #endif
|
|
|
1727 {
|
|
9
|
1728 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)),
|
|
7
|
1729 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)),
|
|
|
1730 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1),
|
|
|
1731 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1));
|
|
|
1732
|
|
|
1733 dragRectEnbl = TRUE;
|
|
|
1734 dragRectControl = kCreateRect;
|
|
|
1735 }
|
|
|
1736 }
|
|
|
1737 }
|
|
|
1738
|
|
|
1739 /*
|
|
|
1740 * Handle the click in the titlebar (to move the window)
|
|
|
1741 */
|
|
|
1742 void
|
|
593
|
1743 gui_mac_doInDragClick(Point where, WindowPtr whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1744 {
|
|
|
1745 Rect movingLimits;
|
|
|
1746 Rect *movingLimitsPtr = &movingLimits;
|
|
|
1747
|
|
|
1748 /* TODO: may try to prevent move outside screen? */
|
|
9
|
1749 movingLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &movingLimits);
|
|
|
1750 DragWindow(whichWindow, where, movingLimitsPtr);
|
|
7
|
1751 }
|
|
|
1752
|
|
|
1753 /*
|
|
|
1754 * Handle the click in the grow box
|
|
|
1755 */
|
|
|
1756 void
|
|
593
|
1757 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(Point where, WindowPtr whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1758 {
|
|
|
1759
|
|
|
1760 long newSize;
|
|
|
1761 unsigned short newWidth;
|
|
|
1762 unsigned short newHeight;
|
|
|
1763 Rect resizeLimits;
|
|
|
1764 Rect *resizeLimitsPtr = &resizeLimits;
|
|
|
1765 Rect NewContentRect;
|
|
|
1766
|
|
9
|
1767 resizeLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &resizeLimits);
|
|
7
|
1768
|
|
|
1769 /* Set the minimun size */
|
|
|
1770 /* TODO: Should this come from Vim? */
|
|
|
1771 resizeLimits.top = 100;
|
|
|
1772 resizeLimits.left = 100;
|
|
|
1773
|
|
|
1774 newSize = ResizeWindow(whichWindow, where, &resizeLimits, &NewContentRect);
|
|
|
1775 newWidth = NewContentRect.right - NewContentRect.left;
|
|
|
1776 newHeight = NewContentRect.bottom - NewContentRect.top;
|
|
|
1777 gui_resize_shell(newWidth, newHeight);
|
|
|
1778 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
1779 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1780 }
|
|
|
1781
|
|
|
1782 /*
|
|
|
1783 * Handle the click in the zoom box
|
|
|
1784 */
|
|
|
1785 static void
|
|
593
|
1786 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(EventRecord *theEvent, WindowPtr whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1787 {
|
|
|
1788 Rect r;
|
|
|
1789 Point p;
|
|
|
1790 short thePart;
|
|
|
1791
|
|
|
1792 /* ideal width is current */
|
|
|
1793 p.h = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
1794 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
1795 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width;
|
|
|
1796 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT])
|
|
|
1797 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width;
|
|
|
1798 /* ideal height is as heigh as we can get */
|
|
|
1799 p.v = 15 * 1024;
|
|
|
1800
|
|
|
1801 thePart = IsWindowInStandardState(whichWindow, &p, &r)
|
|
|
1802 ? inZoomIn : inZoomOut;
|
|
|
1803
|
|
|
1804 if (!TrackBox(whichWindow, theEvent->where, thePart))
|
|
|
1805 return;
|
|
|
1806
|
|
|
1807 /* use returned width */
|
|
|
1808 p.h = r.right - r.left;
|
|
|
1809 /* adjust returned height */
|
|
|
1810 p.v = r.bottom - r.top - 2 * gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
1811 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM])
|
|
|
1812 p.v -= gui.scrollbar_height;
|
|
|
1813 p.v -= p.v % gui.char_height;
|
|
|
1814 p.v += 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
1815 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]);
|
|
|
1816 p.v += gui.scrollbar_height;
|
|
|
1817
|
|
|
1818 ZoomWindowIdeal(whichWindow, thePart, &p);
|
|
|
1819
|
|
|
1820 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &r);
|
|
|
1821 gui_resize_shell(r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top);
|
|
|
1822 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
1823 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1824 }
|
|
|
1825
|
|
|
1826 /*
|
|
|
1827 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1828 * MacOS Event Handling procedure
|
|
|
1829 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1830 */
|
|
|
1831
|
|
|
1832 /*
|
|
|
1833 * Handle the Update Event
|
|
|
1834 */
|
|
|
1835
|
|
|
1836 void
|
|
593
|
1837 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(EventRecord *event)
|
|
7
|
1838 {
|
|
|
1839 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
1840 GrafPtr savePort;
|
|
|
1841 RgnHandle updateRgn;
|
|
|
1842 Rect updateRect;
|
|
|
1843 Rect *updateRectPtr;
|
|
|
1844 Rect rc;
|
|
|
1845 Rect growRect;
|
|
|
1846 RgnHandle saveRgn;
|
|
|
1847
|
|
|
1848
|
|
|
1849 updateRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
1850 if (updateRgn == NULL)
|
|
|
1851 return;
|
|
|
1852
|
|
|
1853 /* This could be done by the caller as we
|
|
|
1854 * don't require anything else out of the event
|
|
|
1855 */
|
|
|
1856 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message;
|
|
|
1857
|
|
|
1858 /* Save Current Port */
|
|
9
|
1859 GetPort(&savePort);
|
|
7
|
1860
|
|
|
1861 /* Select the Window's Port */
|
|
9
|
1862 SetPortWindowPort(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
1863
|
|
|
1864 /* Let's update the window */
|
|
9
|
1865 BeginUpdate(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
1866 /* Redraw the biggest rectangle covering the area
|
|
|
1867 * to be updated.
|
|
|
1868 */
|
|
|
1869 GetPortVisibleRegion(GetWindowPort(whichWindow), updateRgn);
|
|
|
1870 # if 0
|
|
|
1871 /* Would be more appropriate to use the follwing but doesn't
|
|
|
1872 * seem to work under MacOS X (Dany)
|
|
|
1873 */
|
|
|
1874 GetWindowRegion(whichWindow, kWindowUpdateRgn, updateRgn);
|
|
|
1875 # endif
|
|
593
|
1876
|
|
7
|
1877 /* Use the HLock useless in Carbon? Is it harmful?*/
|
|
9
|
1878 HLock((Handle) updateRgn);
|
|
593
|
1879
|
|
9
|
1880 updateRectPtr = GetRegionBounds(updateRgn, &updateRect);
|
|
7
|
1881 # if 0
|
|
|
1882 /* Code from original Carbon Port (using GetWindowRegion.
|
|
|
1883 * I believe the UpdateRgn is already in local (Dany)
|
|
|
1884 */
|
|
|
1885 GlobalToLocal(&topLeft(updateRect)); /* preCarbon? */
|
|
|
1886 GlobalToLocal(&botRight(updateRect));
|
|
|
1887 # endif
|
|
|
1888 /* Update the content (i.e. the text) */
|
|
|
1889 gui_redraw(updateRectPtr->left, updateRectPtr->top,
|
|
|
1890 updateRectPtr->right - updateRectPtr->left,
|
|
|
1891 updateRectPtr->bottom - updateRectPtr->top);
|
|
|
1892 /* Clear the border areas if needed */
|
|
|
1893 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
1894 if (updateRectPtr->left < FILL_X(0))
|
|
|
1895 {
|
|
9
|
1896 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(0), FILL_Y(Rows));
|
|
|
1897 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
1898 }
|
|
|
1899 if (updateRectPtr->top < FILL_Y(0))
|
|
|
1900 {
|
|
9
|
1901 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(Columns), FILL_Y(0));
|
|
|
1902 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
1903 }
|
|
|
1904 if (updateRectPtr->right > FILL_X(Columns))
|
|
|
1905 {
|
|
9
|
1906 SetRect(&rc, FILL_X(Columns), 0,
|
|
7
|
1907 FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset, FILL_Y(Rows));
|
|
9
|
1908 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
1909 }
|
|
|
1910 if (updateRectPtr->bottom > FILL_Y(Rows))
|
|
|
1911 {
|
|
9
|
1912 SetRect(&rc, 0, FILL_Y(Rows), FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset,
|
|
7
|
1913 FILL_Y(Rows) + gui.border_offset);
|
|
9
|
1914 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
1915 }
|
|
9
|
1916 HUnlock((Handle) updateRgn);
|
|
|
1917 DisposeRgn(updateRgn);
|
|
7
|
1918
|
|
|
1919 /* Update scrollbars */
|
|
9
|
1920 DrawControls(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
1921
|
|
|
1922 /* Update the GrowBox */
|
|
|
1923 /* Taken from FAQ 33-27 */
|
|
|
1924 saveRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
1925 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowGrowRgn, &growRect);
|
|
9
|
1926 GetClip(saveRgn);
|
|
|
1927 ClipRect(&growRect);
|
|
|
1928 DrawGrowIcon(whichWindow);
|
|
|
1929 SetClip(saveRgn);
|
|
|
1930 DisposeRgn(saveRgn);
|
|
|
1931 EndUpdate(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
1932
|
|
|
1933 /* Restore original Port */
|
|
9
|
1934 SetPort(savePort);
|
|
7
|
1935 }
|
|
|
1936
|
|
|
1937 /*
|
|
|
1938 * Handle the activate/deactivate event
|
|
|
1939 * (apply to a window)
|
|
|
1940 */
|
|
|
1941 void
|
|
593
|
1942 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(EventRecord *event)
|
|
7
|
1943 {
|
|
|
1944 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
1945
|
|
|
1946 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message;
|
|
|
1947 if ((event->modifiers) & activeFlag)
|
|
|
1948 /* Activate */
|
|
|
1949 gui_focus_change(TRUE);
|
|
|
1950 else
|
|
|
1951 {
|
|
|
1952 /* Deactivate */
|
|
|
1953 gui_focus_change(FALSE);
|
|
|
1954 /* DON'T KNOW what the code below was doing
|
|
|
1955 found in the deactivate clause, but the
|
|
|
1956 clause writting TRUE into in_focus (BUG)
|
|
|
1957 */
|
|
|
1958
|
|
|
1959 #if 0 /* Removed by Dany as per above June 2001 */
|
|
|
1960 a_bool = false;
|
|
9
|
1961 SetPreserveGlyph(a_bool);
|
|
|
1962 SetOutlinePreferred(a_bool);
|
|
7
|
1963 #endif
|
|
|
1964 }
|
|
|
1965 }
|
|
|
1966
|
|
|
1967
|
|
|
1968 /*
|
|
|
1969 * Handle the suspend/resume event
|
|
|
1970 * (apply to the application)
|
|
|
1971 */
|
|
|
1972 void
|
|
593
|
1973 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(EventRecord *event)
|
|
7
|
1974 {
|
|
|
1975 /* The frontmost application just changed */
|
|
|
1976
|
|
|
1977 /* NOTE: the suspend may happen before the deactivate
|
|
|
1978 * seen on MacOS X
|
|
|
1979 */
|
|
|
1980
|
|
|
1981 /* May not need to change focus as the window will
|
|
|
1982 * get an activate/desactivate event
|
|
|
1983 */
|
|
|
1984 if (event->message & 1)
|
|
|
1985 /* Resume */
|
|
|
1986 gui_focus_change(TRUE);
|
|
|
1987 else
|
|
|
1988 /* Suspend */
|
|
|
1989 gui_focus_change(FALSE);
|
|
|
1990 }
|
|
|
1991
|
|
|
1992 /*
|
|
|
1993 * Handle the key
|
|
|
1994 */
|
|
168
|
1995 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
1996 # define INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE 80
|
|
|
1997 static pascal OSStatus
|
|
593
|
1998 gui_mac_doKeyEventCarbon(
|
|
|
1999 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler,
|
|
|
2000 EventRef theEvent,
|
|
168
|
2001 void *data)
|
|
|
2002 {
|
|
|
2003 /* Multibyte-friendly key event handler */
|
|
|
2004 OSStatus e = -1;
|
|
|
2005 UInt32 actualSize;
|
|
|
2006 UniChar *text;
|
|
|
2007 char_u result[INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE];
|
|
|
2008 short len = 0;
|
|
|
2009 UInt32 key_sym;
|
|
|
2010 char charcode;
|
|
|
2011 int key_char;
|
|
|
2012 UInt32 modifiers;
|
|
|
2013 size_t encLen;
|
|
|
2014 char_u *to = NULL;
|
|
|
2015 Boolean isSpecial = FALSE;
|
|
|
2016 int i;
|
|
|
2017
|
|
|
2018 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */
|
|
|
2019 if (p_mh)
|
|
|
2020 ObscureCursor();
|
|
|
2021
|
|
|
2022 do
|
|
|
2023 {
|
|
|
2024 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendText,
|
|
|
2025 typeUnicodeText, NULL, 0, &actualSize, NULL))
|
|
|
2026 break;
|
|
|
2027
|
|
|
2028 text = (UniChar *)alloc(actualSize);
|
|
|
2029
|
|
|
2030 if (text)
|
|
|
2031 {
|
|
|
2032 do
|
|
|
2033 {
|
|
|
2034 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent,
|
|
|
2035 kEventParamTextInputSendText,
|
|
|
2036 typeUnicodeText, NULL, actualSize, NULL, text))
|
|
|
2037 break;
|
|
|
2038 EventRef keyEvent;
|
|
|
2039 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent,
|
|
|
2040 kEventParamTextInputSendKeyboardEvent,
|
|
|
2041 typeEventRef, NULL, sizeof(EventRef), NULL, &keyEvent))
|
|
|
2042 break;
|
|
|
2043 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(keyEvent,
|
|
|
2044 kEventParamKeyModifiers,
|
|
|
2045 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &modifiers))
|
|
|
2046 break;
|
|
|
2047 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(keyEvent,
|
|
|
2048 kEventParamKeyCode,
|
|
|
2049 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &key_sym))
|
|
|
2050 break;
|
|
|
2051 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(keyEvent,
|
|
|
2052 kEventParamKeyMacCharCodes,
|
|
|
2053 typeChar, NULL, sizeof(char), NULL, &charcode))
|
|
|
2054 break;
|
|
|
2055
|
|
|
2056 key_char = charcode;
|
|
|
2057
|
|
|
2058 if (modifiers & controlKey)
|
|
|
2059 {
|
|
|
2060 if ((modifiers & ~(controlKey|shiftKey)) == 0
|
|
|
2061 && (key_char == '2' || key_char == '6'))
|
|
|
2062 {
|
|
|
2063 /* CTRL-^ and CTRL-@ don't work in the normal way. */
|
|
|
2064 if (key_char == '2')
|
|
|
2065 key_char = Ctrl_AT;
|
|
|
2066 else
|
|
|
2067 key_char = Ctrl_HAT;
|
|
|
2068
|
|
|
2069 text[0] = (UniChar)key_char;
|
|
|
2070 modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
2071 }
|
|
|
2072 }
|
|
|
2073
|
|
|
2074 if (modifiers & cmdKey)
|
|
|
2075 #ifndef USE_CMD_KEY
|
|
|
2076 break; /* Let system handle Cmd+... */
|
|
|
2077 #else
|
|
|
2078 {
|
|
|
2079 /* Intercept CMD-. */
|
|
|
2080 if (key_char == '.')
|
|
|
2081 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
|
2082
|
|
|
2083 /* Convert the modifiers */
|
|
|
2084 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(modifiers);
|
|
|
2085
|
|
|
2086 /* Following code to simplify and consolidate modifiers
|
|
|
2087 * taken liberally from gui_w48.c */
|
|
|
2088
|
|
|
2089 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, (int *)&modifiers);
|
|
|
2090
|
|
|
2091 /* remove SHIFT for keys that are already shifted, e.g.,
|
|
|
2092 * '(' and '*' */
|
|
|
2093 if (key_char < 0x100 &&
|
|
|
2094 !isalpha(key_char) && isprint(key_char))
|
|
|
2095 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2096
|
|
|
2097 /* Interpret META, include SHIFT, etc. */
|
|
|
2098 key_char = extract_modifiers(key_char, (int *)&modifiers);
|
|
|
2099 if (key_char == CSI)
|
|
|
2100 key_char = K_CSI;
|
|
|
2101
|
|
|
2102 if (modifiers)
|
|
|
2103 {
|
|
|
2104 result[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2105 result[len++] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
2106 result[len++] = modifiers;
|
|
|
2107 }
|
|
|
2108
|
|
|
2109 isSpecial = TRUE;
|
|
|
2110 }
|
|
|
2111 #endif
|
|
|
2112 else
|
|
|
2113 {
|
|
|
2114 /* Find the special key (eg., for cursor keys) */
|
|
|
2115 if (!(actualSize > sizeof(UniChar)) &&
|
|
|
2116 ((text[0] < 0x20) || (text[0] == 0x7f)))
|
|
|
2117 {
|
|
|
2118 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; ++i)
|
|
|
2119 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym)
|
|
|
2120 {
|
|
|
2121 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0,
|
|
|
2122 special_keys[i].vim_code1);
|
|
|
2123 key_char = simplify_key(key_char,
|
|
|
2124 (int *)&modifiers);
|
|
|
2125 isSpecial = TRUE;
|
|
|
2126 break;
|
|
|
2127 }
|
|
|
2128 }
|
|
|
2129 }
|
|
|
2130
|
|
|
2131 if (isSpecial && IS_SPECIAL(key_char))
|
|
|
2132 {
|
|
|
2133 result[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2134 result[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char);
|
|
|
2135 result[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char);
|
|
|
2136 }
|
|
|
2137 else
|
|
|
2138 {
|
|
|
2139 encLen = actualSize;
|
|
|
2140 to = mac_utf16_to_enc(text, actualSize, &encLen);
|
|
|
2141 }
|
|
|
2142
|
|
|
2143 if (to)
|
|
|
2144 {
|
|
|
2145 /* This is basically add_to_input_buf_csi() */
|
|
|
2146 for (i = 0; i < encLen && len < (INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE-1); ++i)
|
|
|
2147 {
|
|
|
2148 result[len++] = to[i];
|
|
|
2149 if (to[i] == CSI)
|
|
|
2150 {
|
|
|
2151 result[len++] = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
2152 result[len++] = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
|
2153 }
|
|
|
2154 }
|
|
|
2155 vim_free(to);
|
|
|
2156 }
|
|
|
2157
|
|
|
2158 add_to_input_buf(result, len);
|
|
|
2159 e = noErr;
|
|
|
2160 }
|
|
|
2161 while (0);
|
|
|
2162
|
|
|
2163 vim_free(text);
|
|
|
2164 if (e == noErr)
|
|
|
2165 {
|
|
|
2166 /* Fake event to wake up WNE (required to get
|
|
|
2167 * key repeat working */
|
|
|
2168 PostEvent(keyUp, 0);
|
|
|
2169 return noErr;
|
|
|
2170 }
|
|
|
2171 }
|
|
|
2172 }
|
|
|
2173 while (0);
|
|
|
2174
|
|
|
2175 return CallNextEventHandler(nextHandler, theEvent);
|
|
|
2176 }
|
|
|
2177 #else
|
|
7
|
2178 void
|
|
|
2179 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(EventRecord *theEvent)
|
|
|
2180 {
|
|
|
2181 /* TODO: add support for COMMAND KEY */
|
|
|
2182 long menu;
|
|
|
2183 unsigned char string[20];
|
|
|
2184 short num, i;
|
|
|
2185 short len = 0;
|
|
|
2186 KeySym key_sym;
|
|
|
2187 int key_char;
|
|
|
2188 int modifiers;
|
|
26
|
2189 int simplify = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
2190
|
|
|
2191 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */
|
|
|
2192 if (p_mh)
|
|
|
2193 ObscureCursor();
|
|
|
2194
|
|
|
2195 /* Get the key code and it's ASCII representation */
|
|
|
2196 key_sym = ((theEvent->message & keyCodeMask) >> 8);
|
|
|
2197 key_char = theEvent->message & charCodeMask;
|
|
|
2198 num = 1;
|
|
|
2199
|
|
|
2200 /* Intercept CTRL-C */
|
|
|
2201 if (theEvent->modifiers & controlKey)
|
|
9
|
2202 {
|
|
7
|
2203 if (key_char == Ctrl_C && ctrl_c_interrupts)
|
|
|
2204 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
9
|
2205 else if ((theEvent->modifiers & ~(controlKey|shiftKey)) == 0
|
|
|
2206 && (key_char == '2' || key_char == '6'))
|
|
|
2207 {
|
|
|
2208 /* CTRL-^ and CTRL-@ don't work in the normal way. */
|
|
|
2209 if (key_char == '2')
|
|
|
2210 key_char = Ctrl_AT;
|
|
|
2211 else
|
|
|
2212 key_char = Ctrl_HAT;
|
|
|
2213 theEvent->modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
2214 }
|
|
|
2215 }
|
|
7
|
2216
|
|
|
2217 /* Intercept CMD-. */
|
|
|
2218 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey)
|
|
|
2219 if (key_char == '.')
|
|
|
2220 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
|
2221
|
|
|
2222 /* Handle command key as per menu */
|
|
|
2223 /* TODO: should override be allowed? Require YAO or could use 'winaltkey' */
|
|
|
2224 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey)
|
|
|
2225 /* Only accept CMD alone or with CAPLOCKS and the mouse button.
|
|
|
2226 * Why the mouse button? */
|
|
|
2227 if ((theEvent->modifiers & (~(cmdKey | btnState | alphaLock))) == 0)
|
|
|
2228 {
|
|
|
2229 menu = MenuKey(key_char);
|
|
|
2230 if (HiWord(menu))
|
|
|
2231 {
|
|
|
2232 gui_mac_handle_menu(menu);
|
|
|
2233 return;
|
|
|
2234 }
|
|
|
2235 }
|
|
|
2236
|
|
|
2237 /* Convert the modifiers */
|
|
|
2238 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
2239
|
|
|
2240
|
|
|
2241 /* Handle special keys. */
|
|
|
2242 #if 0
|
|
26
|
2243 /* Why has this been removed? */
|
|
7
|
2244 if (!(theEvent->modifiers & (cmdKey | controlKey | rightControlKey)))
|
|
|
2245 #endif
|
|
|
2246 {
|
|
|
2247 /* Find the special key (for non-printable keyt_char) */
|
|
|
2248 if ((key_char < 0x20) || (key_char == 0x7f))
|
|
|
2249 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++)
|
|
|
2250 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym)
|
|
|
2251 {
|
|
|
2252 # if 0
|
|
|
2253 /* We currently don't have not so special key */
|
|
|
2254 if (special_keys[i].vim_code1 == NUL)
|
|
|
2255 key_char = special_keys[i].vim_code0;
|
|
|
2256 else
|
|
|
2257 # endif
|
|
9
|
2258 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0,
|
|
|
2259 special_keys[i].vim_code1);
|
|
26
|
2260 simplify = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
2261 break;
|
|
|
2262 }
|
|
|
2263 }
|
|
|
2264
|
|
26
|
2265 /* For some keys the modifier is included in the char itself. */
|
|
|
2266 if (simplify || key_char == TAB || key_char == ' ')
|
|
|
2267 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, &modifiers);
|
|
7
|
2268
|
|
|
2269 /* Add the modifier to the input bu if needed */
|
|
|
2270 /* Do not want SHIFT-A or CTRL-A with modifier */
|
|
|
2271 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key_char)
|
|
|
2272 && key_sym != vk_Space
|
|
|
2273 && key_sym != vk_Tab
|
|
|
2274 && key_sym != vk_Return
|
|
|
2275 && key_sym != vk_Enter
|
|
|
2276 && key_sym != vk_Esc)
|
|
|
2277 {
|
|
|
2278 #if 1
|
|
|
2279 /* Clear modifiers when only one modifier is set */
|
|
9
|
2280 if ((modifiers == MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
2281 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
2282 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_ALT))
|
|
7
|
2283 modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
2284 #else
|
|
9
|
2285 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
7
|
2286 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
9
|
2287 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT)
|
|
7
|
2288 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_ALT;
|
|
9
|
2289 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
7
|
2290 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2291 #endif
|
|
|
2292 }
|
|
9
|
2293 if (modifiers)
|
|
7
|
2294 {
|
|
9
|
2295 string[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2296 string[len++] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
2297 string[len++] = modifiers;
|
|
7
|
2298 }
|
|
|
2299
|
|
9
|
2300 if (IS_SPECIAL(key_char))
|
|
7
|
2301 {
|
|
9
|
2302 string[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2303 string[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char);
|
|
|
2304 string[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char);
|
|
7
|
2305 }
|
|
|
2306 else
|
|
|
2307 {
|
|
|
2308 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
9
|
2309 /* Convert characters when needed (e.g., from MacRoman to latin1).
|
|
|
2310 * This doesn't work for the NUL byte. */
|
|
|
2311 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && key_char > 0)
|
|
7
|
2312 {
|
|
|
2313 char_u from[2], *to;
|
|
|
2314 int l;
|
|
|
2315
|
|
|
2316 from[0] = key_char;
|
|
|
2317 from[1] = NUL;
|
|
|
2318 l = 1;
|
|
|
2319 to = string_convert(&input_conv, from, &l);
|
|
|
2320 if (to != NULL)
|
|
|
2321 {
|
|
|
2322 for (i = 0; i < l && len < 19; i++)
|
|
|
2323 {
|
|
|
2324 if (to[i] == CSI)
|
|
|
2325 {
|
|
|
2326 string[len++] = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
2327 string[len++] = KE_CSI;
|
|
|
2328 }
|
|
|
2329 else
|
|
|
2330 string[len++] = to[i];
|
|
|
2331 }
|
|
|
2332 vim_free(to);
|
|
|
2333 }
|
|
|
2334 else
|
|
|
2335 string[len++] = key_char;
|
|
|
2336 }
|
|
|
2337 else
|
|
|
2338 #endif
|
|
|
2339 string[len++] = key_char;
|
|
|
2340 }
|
|
|
2341
|
|
|
2342 if (len == 1 && string[0] == CSI)
|
|
|
2343 {
|
|
|
2344 /* Turn CSI into K_CSI. */
|
|
|
2345 string[ len++ ] = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
2346 string[ len++ ] = KE_CSI;
|
|
|
2347 }
|
|
|
2348
|
|
|
2349 add_to_input_buf(string, len);
|
|
|
2350 }
|
|
168
|
2351 #endif
|
|
7
|
2352
|
|
|
2353 /*
|
|
|
2354 * Handle MouseClick
|
|
|
2355 */
|
|
|
2356 void
|
|
593
|
2357 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(EventRecord *theEvent)
|
|
7
|
2358 {
|
|
|
2359 short thePart;
|
|
|
2360 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
2361
|
|
9
|
2362 thePart = FindWindow(theEvent->where, &whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2363
|
|
|
2364 switch (thePart)
|
|
|
2365 {
|
|
|
2366 case (inDesk):
|
|
|
2367 /* TODO: what to do? */
|
|
|
2368 break;
|
|
|
2369
|
|
|
2370 case (inMenuBar):
|
|
9
|
2371 gui_mac_handle_menu(MenuSelect(theEvent->where));
|
|
7
|
2372 break;
|
|
|
2373
|
|
|
2374 case (inContent):
|
|
9
|
2375 gui_mac_doInContentClick(theEvent, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2376 break;
|
|
|
2377
|
|
|
2378 case (inDrag):
|
|
9
|
2379 gui_mac_doInDragClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2380 break;
|
|
|
2381
|
|
|
2382 case (inGrow):
|
|
9
|
2383 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2384 break;
|
|
|
2385
|
|
|
2386 case (inGoAway):
|
|
|
2387 if (TrackGoAway(whichWindow, theEvent->where))
|
|
|
2388 gui_shell_closed();
|
|
|
2389 break;
|
|
|
2390
|
|
|
2391 case (inZoomIn):
|
|
|
2392 case (inZoomOut):
|
|
|
2393 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(theEvent, whichWindow);
|
|
|
2394 break;
|
|
|
2395 }
|
|
|
2396 }
|
|
|
2397
|
|
|
2398 /*
|
|
|
2399 * Handle MouseMoved
|
|
|
2400 * [this event is a moving in and out of a region]
|
|
|
2401 */
|
|
|
2402 void
|
|
593
|
2403 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(EventRecord *event)
|
|
7
|
2404 {
|
|
|
2405 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
2406 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
2407
|
|
|
2408 thePoint = event->where;
|
|
9
|
2409 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
7
|
2410 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(event->modifiers);
|
|
|
2411
|
|
|
2412 if (!Button())
|
|
9
|
2413 gui_mouse_moved(thePoint.h, thePoint.v);
|
|
7
|
2414 else
|
|
|
2415 if (!clickIsPopup)
|
|
|
2416 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_DRAG, thePoint.h,
|
|
|
2417 thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers);
|
|
|
2418
|
|
|
2419 /* Reset the region from which we move in and out */
|
|
9
|
2420 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)),
|
|
7
|
2421 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)),
|
|
|
2422 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1),
|
|
|
2423 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1));
|
|
|
2424
|
|
|
2425 if (dragRectEnbl)
|
|
|
2426 dragRectControl = kCreateRect;
|
|
|
2427
|
|
|
2428 }
|
|
|
2429
|
|
|
2430 /*
|
|
|
2431 * Handle the mouse release
|
|
|
2432 */
|
|
|
2433 void
|
|
593
|
2434 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(EventRecord *theEvent)
|
|
7
|
2435 {
|
|
|
2436 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
2437 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
2438
|
|
|
2439 /* TODO: Properly convert the Contextual menu mouse-up */
|
|
|
2440 /* Potential source of the double menu */
|
|
|
2441 lastMouseTick = theEvent->when;
|
|
|
2442 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
2443 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
2444 thePoint = theEvent->where;
|
|
9
|
2445 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
7
|
2446
|
|
|
2447 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
2448 if (clickIsPopup)
|
|
|
2449 {
|
|
|
2450 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
2451 clickIsPopup = FALSE;
|
|
|
2452 }
|
|
9
|
2453 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_RELEASE, thePoint.h, thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers);
|
|
7
|
2454 }
|
|
|
2455
|
|
|
2456 static pascal OSStatus
|
|
|
2457 gui_mac_mouse_wheel(EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent,
|
|
|
2458 void *data)
|
|
|
2459 {
|
|
|
2460 EventRef bogusEvent;
|
|
|
2461 Point point;
|
|
|
2462 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
2463 UInt32 mod;
|
|
|
2464 SInt32 delta;
|
|
|
2465 int_u vim_mod;
|
|
|
2466
|
|
|
2467 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseWheelDelta,
|
|
|
2468 typeSInt32, NULL, sizeof(SInt32), NULL, &delta))
|
|
|
2469 goto bail;
|
|
|
2470 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseLocation,
|
|
|
2471 typeQDPoint, NULL, sizeof(Point), NULL, &point))
|
|
|
2472 goto bail;
|
|
|
2473 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers,
|
|
|
2474 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &mod))
|
|
|
2475 goto bail;
|
|
|
2476
|
|
|
2477 vim_mod = 0;
|
|
|
2478 if (mod & shiftKey)
|
|
|
2479 vim_mod |= MOUSE_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2480 if (mod & controlKey)
|
|
|
2481 vim_mod |= MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
2482 if (mod & optionKey)
|
|
|
2483 vim_mod |= MOUSE_ALT;
|
|
|
2484
|
|
|
2485 /* post a bogus event to wake up WaitNextEvent */
|
|
|
2486 if (noErr != CreateEvent(NULL, kEventClassMouse, kEventMouseMoved, 0,
|
|
|
2487 kEventAttributeNone, &bogusEvent))
|
|
|
2488 goto bail;
|
|
|
2489 if (noErr != PostEventToQueue(GetMainEventQueue(), bogusEvent,
|
|
|
2490 kEventPriorityLow))
|
|
|
2491 goto bail;
|
|
|
2492
|
|
37
|
2493 ReleaseEvent(bogusEvent);
|
|
|
2494
|
|
7
|
2495 if (noErr == GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &bounds))
|
|
|
2496 {
|
|
|
2497 point.h -= bounds.left;
|
|
|
2498 point.v -= bounds.top;
|
|
|
2499 }
|
|
|
2500
|
|
|
2501 gui_send_mouse_event((delta > 0) ? MOUSE_4 : MOUSE_5,
|
|
|
2502 point.h, point.v, FALSE, vim_mod);
|
|
|
2503
|
|
|
2504 return noErr;
|
|
|
2505
|
|
|
2506 bail:
|
|
|
2507 /*
|
|
|
2508 * when we fail give any additional callback handler a chance to perform
|
|
|
2509 * it's actions
|
|
|
2510 */
|
|
|
2511 return CallNextEventHandler(nextHandler, theEvent);
|
|
|
2512 }
|
|
|
2513
|
|
|
2514 #if 0
|
|
|
2515
|
|
|
2516 /*
|
|
|
2517 * This would be the normal way of invoking the contextual menu
|
|
|
2518 * but the Vim API doesn't seem to a support a request to get
|
|
|
2519 * the menu that we should display
|
|
|
2520 */
|
|
|
2521 void
|
|
|
2522 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event)
|
|
|
2523 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2524 {
|
|
|
2525 /*
|
|
|
2526 * Clone PopUp to use menu
|
|
|
2527 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection
|
|
|
2528 * Call the procedure
|
|
|
2529 */
|
|
|
2530
|
|
|
2531 // Call to Handle Popup
|
|
|
2532 OSStatus status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, event->where, false, kCMHelpItemNoHelp, "", NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem);
|
|
|
2533
|
|
|
2534 if (status != noErr)
|
|
|
2535 return;
|
|
|
2536
|
|
|
2537 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected)
|
|
|
2538 {
|
|
|
2539 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */
|
|
|
2540 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */
|
|
|
2541 /* But what about the current menu, is the meny changed by ContextualMenuSelect */
|
|
9
|
2542 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem);
|
|
7
|
2543 }
|
|
|
2544 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected)
|
|
|
2545 {
|
|
|
2546 /* Should come up with the help */
|
|
|
2547 }
|
|
|
2548
|
|
|
2549 }
|
|
|
2550 #endif
|
|
|
2551
|
|
|
2552 /*
|
|
|
2553 * Handle menubar selection
|
|
|
2554 */
|
|
|
2555 void
|
|
593
|
2556 gui_mac_handle_menu(long menuChoice)
|
|
7
|
2557 {
|
|
|
2558 short menu = HiWord(menuChoice);
|
|
|
2559 short item = LoWord(menuChoice);
|
|
|
2560 vimmenu_T *theVimMenu = root_menu;
|
|
|
2561
|
|
|
2562 if (menu == 256) /* TODO: use constant or gui.xyz */
|
|
|
2563 {
|
|
|
2564 if (item == 1)
|
|
|
2565 gui_mch_beep(); /* TODO: Popup dialog or do :intro */
|
|
|
2566 }
|
|
|
2567 else if (item != 0)
|
|
|
2568 {
|
|
|
2569 theVimMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu(menu, item, root_menu);
|
|
|
2570
|
|
|
2571 if (theVimMenu)
|
|
|
2572 gui_menu_cb(theVimMenu);
|
|
|
2573 }
|
|
9
|
2574 HiliteMenu(0);
|
|
7
|
2575 }
|
|
|
2576
|
|
|
2577 /*
|
|
|
2578 * Dispatch the event to proper handler
|
|
|
2579 */
|
|
|
2580
|
|
|
2581 void
|
|
593
|
2582 gui_mac_handle_event(EventRecord *event)
|
|
7
|
2583 {
|
|
|
2584 OSErr error;
|
|
|
2585
|
|
|
2586 /* Handle contextual menu right now (if needed) */
|
|
|
2587 if (gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu)
|
|
|
2588 if (IsShowContextualMenuClick(event))
|
|
|
2589 {
|
|
|
2590 # if 0
|
|
|
2591 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event);
|
|
|
2592 # else
|
|
|
2593 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event);
|
|
|
2594 # endif
|
|
|
2595 return;
|
|
|
2596 }
|
|
|
2597
|
|
|
2598 /* Handle normal event */
|
|
|
2599 switch (event->what)
|
|
|
2600 {
|
|
168
|
2601 #ifndef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
7
|
2602 case (keyDown):
|
|
|
2603 case (autoKey):
|
|
9
|
2604 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2605 break;
|
|
168
|
2606 #endif
|
|
7
|
2607 case (keyUp):
|
|
|
2608 /* We don't care about when the key get release */
|
|
|
2609 break;
|
|
|
2610
|
|
|
2611 case (mouseDown):
|
|
|
2612 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event);
|
|
|
2613 break;
|
|
|
2614
|
|
|
2615 case (mouseUp):
|
|
|
2616 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(event);
|
|
|
2617 break;
|
|
|
2618
|
|
|
2619 case (updateEvt):
|
|
9
|
2620 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2621 break;
|
|
|
2622
|
|
|
2623 case (diskEvt):
|
|
|
2624 /* We don't need special handling for disk insertion */
|
|
|
2625 break;
|
|
|
2626
|
|
|
2627 case (activateEvt):
|
|
9
|
2628 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2629 break;
|
|
|
2630
|
|
|
2631 case (osEvt):
|
|
|
2632 switch ((event->message >> 24) & 0xFF)
|
|
|
2633 {
|
|
|
2634 case (0xFA): /* mouseMovedMessage */
|
|
9
|
2635 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2636 break;
|
|
|
2637 case (0x01): /* suspendResumeMessage */
|
|
9
|
2638 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2639 break;
|
|
|
2640 }
|
|
|
2641 break;
|
|
|
2642
|
|
|
2643 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
2644 case (kHighLevelEvent):
|
|
|
2645 /* Someone's talking to us, through AppleEvents */
|
|
|
2646 error = AEProcessAppleEvent(event); /* TODO: Error Handling */
|
|
|
2647 break;
|
|
|
2648 #endif
|
|
|
2649 }
|
|
|
2650 }
|
|
|
2651
|
|
|
2652 /*
|
|
|
2653 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2654 * Unknown Stuff
|
|
|
2655 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2656 */
|
|
|
2657
|
|
|
2658
|
|
|
2659 GuiFont
|
|
593
|
2660 gui_mac_find_font(char_u *font_name)
|
|
7
|
2661 {
|
|
|
2662 char_u c;
|
|
|
2663 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2664 char_u pFontName[256];
|
|
|
2665 Str255 systemFontname;
|
|
|
2666 short font_id;
|
|
|
2667 short size=9;
|
|
|
2668 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
2669 #if 0
|
|
|
2670 char_u *fontNamePtr;
|
|
|
2671 #endif
|
|
|
2672
|
|
|
2673 for (p = font_name; ((*p != 0) && (*p != ':')); p++)
|
|
|
2674 ;
|
|
|
2675
|
|
|
2676 c = *p;
|
|
|
2677 *p = 0;
|
|
|
2678
|
|
|
2679 #if 1
|
|
|
2680 STRCPY(&pFontName[1], font_name);
|
|
|
2681 pFontName[0] = STRLEN(font_name);
|
|
|
2682 *p = c;
|
|
|
2683
|
|
168
|
2684 /* Get the font name, minus the style suffix (:h, etc) */
|
|
|
2685 char_u fontName[256];
|
|
|
2686 char_u *styleStart = vim_strchr(font_name, ':');
|
|
|
2687 size_t fontNameLen = styleStart ? styleStart - font_name : STRLEN(fontName);
|
|
|
2688 vim_strncpy(fontName, font_name, fontNameLen);
|
|
|
2689
|
|
|
2690 ATSUFontID fontRef;
|
|
|
2691 FMFontStyle fontStyle;
|
|
|
2692 font_id = 0;
|
|
|
2693
|
|
|
2694 if (ATSUFindFontFromName(&pFontName[1], pFontName[0], kFontFullName,
|
|
|
2695 kFontMacintoshPlatform, kFontNoScriptCode, kFontNoLanguageCode,
|
|
|
2696 &fontRef) == noErr)
|
|
|
2697 {
|
|
|
2698 if (FMGetFontFamilyInstanceFromFont(fontRef, &font_id, &fontStyle) != noErr)
|
|
|
2699 font_id = 0;
|
|
|
2700 }
|
|
13
|
2701
|
|
|
2702 if (font_id == 0)
|
|
|
2703 {
|
|
|
2704 /*
|
|
|
2705 * Try again, this time replacing underscores in the font name
|
|
|
2706 * with spaces (:set guifont allows the two to be used
|
|
|
2707 * interchangeably; the Font Manager doesn't).
|
|
|
2708 */
|
|
|
2709 int i, changed = FALSE;
|
|
|
2710
|
|
|
2711 for (i = pFontName[0]; i > 0; --i)
|
|
|
2712 {
|
|
|
2713 if (pFontName[i] == '_')
|
|
|
2714 {
|
|
|
2715 pFontName[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
2716 changed = TRUE;
|
|
|
2717 }
|
|
|
2718 }
|
|
|
2719 if (changed)
|
|
168
|
2720 if (ATSUFindFontFromName(&pFontName[1], pFontName[0],
|
|
|
2721 kFontFullName, kFontNoPlatformCode, kFontNoScriptCode,
|
|
|
2722 kFontNoLanguageCode, &fontRef) == noErr)
|
|
|
2723 {
|
|
|
2724 if (FMGetFontFamilyInstanceFromFont(fontRef, &font_id, &fontStyle) != noErr)
|
|
|
2725 font_id = 0;
|
|
|
2726 }
|
|
13
|
2727 }
|
|
|
2728
|
|
7
|
2729 #else
|
|
|
2730 /* name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); */
|
|
|
2731 fontNamePtr = C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(font_name);
|
|
|
2732
|
|
9
|
2733 GetFNum(fontNamePtr, &font_id);
|
|
7
|
2734 #endif
|
|
|
2735
|
|
|
2736
|
|
|
2737 if (font_id == 0)
|
|
|
2738 {
|
|
|
2739 /* Oups, the system font was it the one the user want */
|
|
|
2740
|
|
168
|
2741 if (FMGetFontFamilyName(systemFont, systemFontname) != noErr)
|
|
|
2742 return NOFONT;
|
|
7
|
2743 if (!EqualString(pFontName, systemFontname, false, false))
|
|
|
2744 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
2745 }
|
|
|
2746 if (*p == ':')
|
|
|
2747 {
|
|
|
2748 p++;
|
|
|
2749 /* Set the values found after ':' */
|
|
|
2750 while (*p)
|
|
|
2751 {
|
|
|
2752 switch (*p++)
|
|
|
2753 {
|
|
|
2754 case 'h':
|
|
|
2755 size = points_to_pixels(p, &p, TRUE);
|
|
|
2756 break;
|
|
|
2757 /*
|
|
|
2758 * TODO: Maybe accept width and styles
|
|
|
2759 */
|
|
|
2760 }
|
|
|
2761 while (*p == ':')
|
|
|
2762 p++;
|
|
|
2763 }
|
|
|
2764 }
|
|
|
2765
|
|
|
2766 if (size < 1)
|
|
|
2767 size = 1; /* Avoid having a size of 0 with system font */
|
|
|
2768
|
|
|
2769 font = (size << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
2770
|
|
|
2771 return font;
|
|
|
2772 }
|
|
|
2773
|
|
|
2774 /*
|
|
|
2775 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2776 * GUI_MCH functionnality
|
|
|
2777 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2778 */
|
|
|
2779
|
|
|
2780 /*
|
|
|
2781 * Parse the GUI related command-line arguments. Any arguments used are
|
|
|
2782 * deleted from argv, and *argc is decremented accordingly. This is called
|
|
|
2783 * when vim is started, whether or not the GUI has been started.
|
|
|
2784 */
|
|
|
2785 void
|
|
593
|
2786 gui_mch_prepare(int *argc, char **argv)
|
|
7
|
2787 {
|
|
|
2788 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */
|
|
|
2789 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
2790 FSSpec applDir;
|
|
|
2791 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH
|
|
|
2792 short applVRefNum;
|
|
|
2793 long applDirID;
|
|
|
2794 Str255 volName;
|
|
|
2795 # else
|
|
|
2796 ProcessSerialNumber psn;
|
|
|
2797 FSRef applFSRef;
|
|
|
2798 # endif
|
|
|
2799 #endif
|
|
|
2800
|
|
|
2801 /* Why did I put that in? (Dany) */
|
|
|
2802 MoreMasterPointers (0x40 * 3); /* we love handles */
|
|
|
2803
|
|
|
2804 #if 0
|
|
|
2805 InitCursor();
|
|
|
2806
|
|
|
2807 RegisterAppearanceClient();
|
|
|
2808
|
|
|
2809 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
2810 (void) InstallAEHandlers();
|
|
|
2811 #endif
|
|
|
2812
|
|
|
2813 if (Gestalt(gestaltContextualMenuAttr, &gestalt_rc) == noErr)
|
|
|
2814 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = BitTst(&gestalt_rc, 31-gestaltContextualMenuTrapAvailable);
|
|
|
2815 else
|
|
|
2816 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = false;
|
|
|
2817
|
|
|
2818 if (gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu)
|
|
|
2819 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = (InitContextualMenus()==noErr);
|
|
9
|
2820
|
|
|
2821 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */
|
|
|
2822
|
|
|
2823 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM");
|
|
|
2824
|
|
|
2825 InsertMenu(pomme, 0);
|
|
7
|
2826
|
|
|
2827 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
2828
|
|
|
2829
|
|
|
2830 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW
|
|
9
|
2831 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11);
|
|
7
|
2832 #else
|
|
9
|
2833 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11);
|
|
7
|
2834 #endif
|
|
|
2835
|
|
|
2836
|
|
|
2837 CreateNewWindow(kDocumentWindowClass,
|
|
|
2838 kWindowResizableAttribute | kWindowCollapseBoxAttribute,
|
|
9
|
2839 &windRect, &gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
2840 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
2841
|
|
|
2842 gui.char_width = 7;
|
|
|
2843 gui.char_height = 11;
|
|
|
2844 gui.char_ascent = 6;
|
|
|
2845 gui.num_rows = 24;
|
|
|
2846 gui.num_cols = 80;
|
|
|
2847 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */
|
|
|
2848
|
|
9
|
2849 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
2850 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
7
|
2851
|
|
|
2852 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
2853 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
2854 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
2855 cursorRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
2856 #endif
|
|
|
2857 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
2858 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH
|
|
9
|
2859 HGetVol(volName, &applVRefNum, &applDirID);
|
|
7
|
2860 /* TN2015: mention a possible bad VRefNum */
|
|
9
|
2861 FSMakeFSSpec(applVRefNum, applDirID, "\p", &applDir);
|
|
7
|
2862 # else
|
|
|
2863 /* OSErr GetApplicationBundleFSSpec(FSSpecPtr theFSSpecPtr)
|
|
|
2864 * of TN2015
|
|
|
2865 * This technic remove the ../Contents/MacOS/etc part
|
|
|
2866 */
|
|
9
|
2867 (void)GetCurrentProcess(&psn);
|
|
7
|
2868 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */
|
|
|
2869
|
|
9
|
2870 (void)GetProcessBundleLocation(&psn, &applFSRef);
|
|
7
|
2871 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */
|
|
|
2872
|
|
9
|
2873 (void)FSGetCatalogInfo(&applFSRef, kFSCatInfoNone, NULL, NULL, &applDir, NULL);
|
|
7
|
2874
|
|
|
2875 /* This technic return NIL when we disallow_gui */
|
|
|
2876 # endif
|
|
9
|
2877 exe_name = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(applDir);
|
|
7
|
2878 #endif
|
|
|
2879 }
|
|
|
2880
|
|
|
2881 #ifndef ALWAYS_USE_GUI
|
|
|
2882 /*
|
|
|
2883 * Check if the GUI can be started. Called before gvimrc is sourced.
|
|
|
2884 * Return OK or FAIL.
|
|
|
2885 */
|
|
|
2886 int
|
|
|
2887 gui_mch_init_check(void)
|
|
|
2888 {
|
|
|
2889 /* TODO: For MacOS X find a way to return FAIL, if the user logged in
|
|
|
2890 * using the >console
|
|
|
2891 */
|
|
|
2892 if (disallow_gui) /* see main.c for reason to disallow */
|
|
|
2893 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2894 return OK;
|
|
|
2895 }
|
|
|
2896 #endif
|
|
|
2897
|
|
|
2898 static OSErr
|
|
|
2899 receiveHandler(WindowRef theWindow, void* handlerRefCon, DragRef theDrag)
|
|
|
2900 {
|
|
|
2901 int x, y;
|
|
|
2902 int_u modifiers;
|
|
|
2903 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
2904 int count;
|
|
|
2905 int i, j;
|
|
|
2906
|
|
|
2907 /* Get drop position, modifiers and count of items */
|
|
|
2908 {
|
|
|
2909 Point point;
|
|
|
2910 SInt16 mouseUpModifiers;
|
|
|
2911 UInt16 countItem;
|
|
|
2912
|
|
|
2913 GetDragMouse(theDrag, &point, NULL);
|
|
|
2914 GlobalToLocal(&point);
|
|
|
2915 x = point.h;
|
|
|
2916 y = point.v;
|
|
|
2917 GetDragModifiers(theDrag, NULL, NULL, &mouseUpModifiers);
|
|
|
2918 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(mouseUpModifiers);
|
|
|
2919 CountDragItems(theDrag, &countItem);
|
|
|
2920 count = countItem;
|
|
|
2921 }
|
|
|
2922
|
|
|
2923 fnames = (char_u **)alloc(count * sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
2924 if (fnames == NULL)
|
|
|
2925 return dragNotAcceptedErr;
|
|
|
2926
|
|
|
2927 /* Get file names dropped */
|
|
|
2928 for (i = j = 0; i < count; ++i)
|
|
|
2929 {
|
|
|
2930 DragItemRef item;
|
|
|
2931 OSErr err;
|
|
|
2932 Size size;
|
|
|
2933 FlavorType type = flavorTypeHFS;
|
|
|
2934 HFSFlavor hfsFlavor;
|
|
|
2935
|
|
|
2936 fnames[i] = NULL;
|
|
|
2937 GetDragItemReferenceNumber(theDrag, i + 1, &item);
|
|
|
2938 err = GetFlavorDataSize(theDrag, item, type, &size);
|
|
|
2939 if (err != noErr || size > sizeof(hfsFlavor))
|
|
|
2940 continue;
|
|
|
2941 err = GetFlavorData(theDrag, item, type, &hfsFlavor, &size, 0);
|
|
|
2942 if (err != noErr)
|
|
|
2943 continue;
|
|
|
2944 fnames[j++] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(hfsFlavor.fileSpec);
|
|
|
2945 }
|
|
|
2946 count = j;
|
|
|
2947
|
|
|
2948 gui_handle_drop(x, y, modifiers, fnames, count);
|
|
37
|
2949
|
|
|
2950 /* Fake mouse event to wake from stall */
|
|
|
2951 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0);
|
|
|
2952
|
|
7
|
2953 return noErr;
|
|
|
2954 }
|
|
|
2955
|
|
|
2956 /*
|
|
|
2957 * Initialise the GUI. Create all the windows, set up all the call-backs
|
|
|
2958 * etc.
|
|
|
2959 */
|
|
|
2960 int
|
|
593
|
2961 gui_mch_init(void)
|
|
7
|
2962 {
|
|
|
2963 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */
|
|
|
2964 Rect windRect;
|
|
|
2965 MenuHandle pomme;
|
|
|
2966 long gestalt_rc;
|
|
|
2967 EventTypeSpec eventTypeSpec;
|
|
|
2968 EventHandlerRef mouseWheelHandlerRef;
|
|
168
|
2969 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
2970 EventHandlerRef keyEventHandlerRef;
|
|
|
2971 #endif
|
|
|
2972
|
|
|
2973 if (Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, &gMacSystemVersion) != noErr)
|
|
593
|
2974 gMacSystemVersion = 0x1000; /* TODO: Default to minimum sensible value */
|
|
168
|
2975
|
|
7
|
2976 #if 1
|
|
|
2977 InitCursor();
|
|
|
2978
|
|
|
2979 RegisterAppearanceClient();
|
|
|
2980
|
|
|
2981 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
2982 (void) InstallAEHandlers();
|
|
|
2983 #endif
|
|
|
2984
|
|
593
|
2985 /* Ctrl click */
|
|
7
|
2986 if (Gestalt(gestaltContextualMenuAttr, &gestalt_rc) == noErr)
|
|
|
2987 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = BitTst(&gestalt_rc, 31-gestaltContextualMenuTrapAvailable);
|
|
|
2988 else
|
|
|
2989 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = false;
|
|
|
2990
|
|
|
2991 if (gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu)
|
|
|
2992 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = (InitContextualMenus()==noErr);
|
|
9
|
2993
|
|
|
2994 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */
|
|
|
2995
|
|
|
2996 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM");
|
|
|
2997
|
|
|
2998 InsertMenu(pomme, 0);
|
|
7
|
2999
|
|
|
3000 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
3001
|
|
|
3002
|
|
|
3003 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW
|
|
9
|
3004 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11);
|
|
7
|
3005 #else
|
|
9
|
3006 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11);
|
|
7
|
3007 #endif
|
|
|
3008
|
|
|
3009 gui.VimWindow = NewCWindow(nil, &windRect, "\pgVim on Macintosh", true,
|
|
|
3010 zoomDocProc,
|
|
|
3011 (WindowPtr)-1L, true, 0);
|
|
|
3012 InstallReceiveHandler((DragReceiveHandlerUPP)receiveHandler,
|
|
|
3013 gui.VimWindow, NULL);
|
|
9
|
3014 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
3015
|
|
|
3016 gui.char_width = 7;
|
|
|
3017 gui.char_height = 11;
|
|
|
3018 gui.char_ascent = 6;
|
|
|
3019 gui.num_rows = 24;
|
|
|
3020 gui.num_cols = 80;
|
|
|
3021 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */
|
|
|
3022
|
|
9
|
3023 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
3024 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
593
|
3025
|
|
13
|
3026 /* Install Carbon event callbacks. */
|
|
|
3027 (void)InstallFontPanelHandler();
|
|
7
|
3028
|
|
|
3029 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
3030 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
3031 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
3032 cursorRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
3033 #endif
|
|
|
3034 /* Display any pending error messages */
|
|
|
3035 display_errors();
|
|
|
3036
|
|
|
3037 /* Get background/foreground colors from system */
|
|
|
3038 /* TODO: do the approriate call to get real defaults */
|
|
|
3039 gui.norm_pixel = 0x00000000;
|
|
|
3040 gui.back_pixel = 0x00FFFFFF;
|
|
|
3041
|
|
|
3042 /* Get the colors from the "Normal" group (set in syntax.c or in a vimrc
|
|
|
3043 * file). */
|
|
|
3044 set_normal_colors();
|
|
|
3045
|
|
|
3046 /*
|
|
|
3047 * Check that none of the colors are the same as the background color.
|
|
|
3048 * Then store the current values as the defaults.
|
|
|
3049 */
|
|
|
3050 gui_check_colors();
|
|
|
3051 gui.def_norm_pixel = gui.norm_pixel;
|
|
|
3052 gui.def_back_pixel = gui.back_pixel;
|
|
|
3053
|
|
|
3054 /* Get the colors for the highlight groups (gui_check_colors() might have
|
|
|
3055 * changed them) */
|
|
|
3056 highlight_gui_started();
|
|
|
3057
|
|
|
3058 /*
|
|
|
3059 * Setting the gui constants
|
|
|
3060 */
|
|
|
3061 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
3062 gui.menu_height = 0;
|
|
|
3063 #endif
|
|
|
3064 gui.scrollbar_height = gui.scrollbar_width = 15; /* cheat 1 overlap */
|
|
|
3065 gui.border_offset = gui.border_width = 2;
|
|
|
3066
|
|
|
3067 /* If Quartz-style text antialiasing is available (see
|
|
|
3068 gui_mch_draw_string() below), enable it for all font sizes. */
|
|
|
3069 vim_setenv((char_u *)"QDTEXT_MINSIZE", (char_u *)"1");
|
|
593
|
3070
|
|
7
|
3071 eventTypeSpec.eventClass = kEventClassMouse;
|
|
|
3072 eventTypeSpec.eventKind = kEventMouseWheelMoved;
|
|
|
3073 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_mouse_wheel);
|
|
|
3074 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(mouseWheelHandlerUPP, 1,
|
|
|
3075 &eventTypeSpec, NULL, &mouseWheelHandlerRef))
|
|
|
3076 {
|
|
|
3077 mouseWheelHandlerRef = NULL;
|
|
|
3078 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3079 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
3080 }
|
|
|
3081
|
|
168
|
3082 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
3083 eventTypeSpec.eventClass = kEventClassTextInput;
|
|
|
3084 eventTypeSpec.eventKind = kEventUnicodeForKeyEvent;
|
|
|
3085 keyEventHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_doKeyEventCarbon);
|
|
|
3086 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(keyEventHandlerUPP, 1,
|
|
|
3087 &eventTypeSpec, NULL, &keyEventHandlerRef))
|
|
|
3088 {
|
|
|
3089 keyEventHandlerRef = NULL;
|
|
|
3090 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(keyEventHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3091 keyEventHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
3092 }
|
|
|
3093 #endif
|
|
|
3094
|
|
|
3095 /*
|
|
7
|
3096 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
168
|
3097 set_option_value((char_u *)"encoding", 0L, (char_u *)"utf-8", 0);
|
|
|
3098 #endif
|
|
|
3099 */
|
|
7
|
3100
|
|
|
3101 /* TODO: Load bitmap if using TOOLBAR */
|
|
|
3102 return OK;
|
|
|
3103 }
|
|
|
3104
|
|
|
3105 /*
|
|
|
3106 * Called when the foreground or background color has been changed.
|
|
|
3107 */
|
|
|
3108 void
|
|
593
|
3109 gui_mch_new_colors(void)
|
|
7
|
3110 {
|
|
|
3111 /* TODO:
|
|
|
3112 * This proc is called when Normal is set to a value
|
|
|
3113 * so what msut be done? I don't know
|
|
|
3114 */
|
|
|
3115 }
|
|
|
3116
|
|
|
3117 /*
|
|
|
3118 * Open the GUI window which was created by a call to gui_mch_init().
|
|
|
3119 */
|
|
|
3120 int
|
|
593
|
3121 gui_mch_open(void)
|
|
7
|
3122 {
|
|
|
3123 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3124
|
|
|
3125 if (gui_win_x != -1 && gui_win_y != -1)
|
|
|
3126 gui_mch_set_winpos(gui_win_x, gui_win_y);
|
|
|
3127
|
|
|
3128 /*
|
|
|
3129 * Make the GUI the foreground process (in case it was launched
|
|
|
3130 * from the Terminal or via :gui).
|
|
|
3131 */
|
|
|
3132 {
|
|
|
3133 ProcessSerialNumber psn;
|
|
|
3134 if (GetCurrentProcess(&psn) == noErr)
|
|
|
3135 SetFrontProcess(&psn);
|
|
|
3136 }
|
|
|
3137
|
|
|
3138 return OK;
|
|
|
3139 }
|
|
|
3140
|
|
|
3141 void
|
|
|
3142 gui_mch_exit(int rc)
|
|
|
3143 {
|
|
|
3144 /* TODO: find out all what is missing here? */
|
|
|
3145 DisposeRgn(cursorRgn);
|
|
|
3146
|
|
168
|
3147 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
3148 if (keyEventHandlerUPP)
|
|
|
3149 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(keyEventHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3150 #endif
|
|
|
3151
|
|
7
|
3152 if (mouseWheelHandlerUPP != NULL)
|
|
|
3153 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3154
|
|
168
|
3155 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
3156 if (gFontStyle)
|
|
|
3157 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle);
|
|
|
3158 #endif
|
|
|
3159
|
|
7
|
3160 /* Exit to shell? */
|
|
|
3161 exit(rc);
|
|
|
3162 }
|
|
|
3163
|
|
|
3164 /*
|
|
|
3165 * Get the position of the top left corner of the window.
|
|
|
3166 */
|
|
|
3167 int
|
|
|
3168 gui_mch_get_winpos(int *x, int *y)
|
|
|
3169 {
|
|
|
3170 /* TODO */
|
|
|
3171 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
3172 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
3173
|
|
|
3174 /* Carbon >= 1.0.2, MacOS >= 8.5 */
|
|
9
|
3175 status = GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowStructureRgn, &bounds);
|
|
7
|
3176
|
|
|
3177 if (status != noErr)
|
|
|
3178 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3179 *x = bounds.left;
|
|
|
3180 *y = bounds.top;
|
|
|
3181 return OK;
|
|
|
3182 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3183 }
|
|
|
3184
|
|
|
3185 /*
|
|
|
3186 * Set the position of the top left corner of the window to the given
|
|
|
3187 * coordinates.
|
|
|
3188 */
|
|
|
3189 void
|
|
|
3190 gui_mch_set_winpos(int x, int y)
|
|
|
3191 {
|
|
|
3192 /* TODO: Should make sure the window is move within range
|
|
|
3193 * e.g.: y > ~16 [Menu bar], x > 0, x < screen width
|
|
|
3194 */
|
|
|
3195 MoveWindow(gui.VimWindow, x, y, TRUE);
|
|
|
3196 }
|
|
|
3197
|
|
|
3198 void
|
|
|
3199 gui_mch_set_shellsize(
|
|
|
3200 int width,
|
|
|
3201 int height,
|
|
|
3202 int min_width,
|
|
|
3203 int min_height,
|
|
|
3204 int base_width,
|
|
|
3205 int base_height)
|
|
|
3206 {
|
|
|
3207 CGrafPtr VimPort;
|
|
|
3208 Rect VimBound;
|
|
|
3209
|
|
|
3210 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
3211 {
|
|
9
|
3212 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3213 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3214 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width; /* + 1;*/
|
|
9
|
3215 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3216 /* GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &winPortRect); ??*/
|
|
|
3217 }
|
|
|
3218 else
|
|
|
3219 {
|
|
9
|
3220 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3221 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3222 VimBound.left = 0;
|
|
9
|
3223 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3224 }
|
|
|
3225
|
|
|
3226 SizeWindow(gui.VimWindow, width, height, TRUE);
|
|
|
3227
|
|
|
3228 gui_resize_shell(width, height);
|
|
|
3229 }
|
|
|
3230
|
|
|
3231 /*
|
|
|
3232 * Get the screen dimensions.
|
|
|
3233 * Allow 10 pixels for horizontal borders, 40 for vertical borders.
|
|
|
3234 * Is there no way to find out how wide the borders really are?
|
|
|
3235 * TODO: Add live udate of those value on suspend/resume.
|
|
|
3236 */
|
|
|
3237 void
|
|
593
|
3238 gui_mch_get_screen_dimensions(int *screen_w, int *screen_h)
|
|
7
|
3239 {
|
|
|
3240 GDHandle dominantDevice = GetMainDevice();
|
|
|
3241 Rect screenRect = (**dominantDevice).gdRect;
|
|
|
3242
|
|
|
3243 *screen_w = screenRect.right - 10;
|
|
|
3244 *screen_h = screenRect.bottom - 40;
|
|
|
3245 }
|
|
|
3246
|
|
|
3247
|
|
13
|
3248 /*
|
|
|
3249 * Open the Font Panel and wait for the user to select a font and
|
|
|
3250 * close the panel. Then fill the buffer pointed to by font_name with
|
|
|
3251 * the name and size of the selected font and return the font's handle,
|
|
|
3252 * or NOFONT in case of an error.
|
|
|
3253 */
|
|
|
3254 static GuiFont
|
|
|
3255 gui_mac_select_font(char_u *font_name)
|
|
|
3256 {
|
|
|
3257 GuiFont selected_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
3258 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
3259 FontSelectionQDStyle curr_font;
|
|
|
3260
|
|
|
3261 /* Initialize the Font Panel with the current font. */
|
|
|
3262 curr_font.instance.fontFamily = gui.norm_font & 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
3263 curr_font.size = (gui.norm_font >> 16);
|
|
|
3264 /* TODO: set fontStyle once styles are supported in gui_mac_find_font() */
|
|
|
3265 curr_font.instance.fontStyle = 0;
|
|
|
3266 curr_font.hasColor = false;
|
|
|
3267 curr_font.version = 0; /* version number of the style structure */
|
|
|
3268 status = SetFontInfoForSelection(kFontSelectionQDType,
|
|
|
3269 /*numStyles=*/1, &curr_font, /*eventTarget=*/NULL);
|
|
|
3270
|
|
|
3271 gFontPanelInfo.family = curr_font.instance.fontFamily;
|
|
|
3272 gFontPanelInfo.style = curr_font.instance.fontStyle;
|
|
|
3273 gFontPanelInfo.size = curr_font.size;
|
|
|
3274
|
|
|
3275 /* Pop up the Font Panel. */
|
|
|
3276 status = FPShowHideFontPanel();
|
|
|
3277 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
3278 {
|
|
|
3279 /*
|
|
|
3280 * The Font Panel is modeless. We really need it to be modal,
|
|
|
3281 * so we spin in an event loop until the panel is closed.
|
|
|
3282 */
|
|
|
3283 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = true;
|
|
|
3284 while (gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible)
|
|
|
3285 {
|
|
|
3286 EventRecord e;
|
|
|
3287 WaitNextEvent(everyEvent, &e, /*sleep=*/20, /*mouseRgn=*/NULL);
|
|
|
3288 }
|
|
|
3289
|
|
|
3290 GetFontPanelSelection(font_name);
|
|
|
3291 selected_font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name);
|
|
|
3292 }
|
|
|
3293 return selected_font;
|
|
|
3294 }
|
|
|
3295
|
|
7
|
3296
|
|
|
3297 /*
|
|
|
3298 * Initialise vim to use the font with the given name. Return FAIL if the font
|
|
|
3299 * could not be loaded, OK otherwise.
|
|
|
3300 */
|
|
|
3301 int
|
|
593
|
3302 gui_mch_init_font(char_u *font_name, int fontset)
|
|
7
|
3303 {
|
|
|
3304 /* TODO: Add support for bold italic underline proportional etc... */
|
|
|
3305 Str255 suggestedFont = "\pMonaco";
|
|
170
|
3306 int suggestedSize = 10;
|
|
7
|
3307 FontInfo font_info;
|
|
|
3308 short font_id;
|
|
|
3309 GuiFont font;
|
|
37
|
3310 char_u used_font_name[512];
|
|
7
|
3311
|
|
168
|
3312 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
3313 if (gFontStyle == NULL)
|
|
|
3314 {
|
|
|
3315 if (ATSUCreateStyle(&gFontStyle) != noErr)
|
|
|
3316 gFontStyle = NULL;
|
|
|
3317 }
|
|
|
3318 #endif
|
|
|
3319
|
|
7
|
3320 if (font_name == NULL)
|
|
|
3321 {
|
|
|
3322 /* First try to get the suggested font */
|
|
|
3323 GetFNum(suggestedFont, &font_id);
|
|
|
3324
|
|
|
3325 if (font_id == 0)
|
|
|
3326 {
|
|
|
3327 /* Then pickup the standard application font */
|
|
|
3328 font_id = GetAppFont();
|
|
37
|
3329 STRCPY(used_font_name, "default");
|
|
7
|
3330 }
|
|
37
|
3331 else
|
|
|
3332 STRCPY(used_font_name, "Monaco");
|
|
7
|
3333 font = (suggestedSize << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3334 }
|
|
13
|
3335 else if (STRCMP(font_name, "*") == 0)
|
|
|
3336 {
|
|
37
|
3337 char_u *new_p_guifont;
|
|
|
3338
|
|
|
3339 font = gui_mac_select_font(used_font_name);
|
|
13
|
3340 if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
|
3341 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3342
|
|
|
3343 /* Set guifont to the name of the selected font. */
|
|
37
|
3344 new_p_guifont = alloc(STRLEN(used_font_name) + 1);
|
|
13
|
3345 if (new_p_guifont != NULL)
|
|
|
3346 {
|
|
37
|
3347 STRCPY(new_p_guifont, used_font_name);
|
|
13
|
3348 vim_free(p_guifont);
|
|
|
3349 p_guifont = new_p_guifont;
|
|
|
3350 /* Replace spaces in the font name with underscores. */
|
|
|
3351 for ( ; *new_p_guifont; ++new_p_guifont)
|
|
|
3352 {
|
|
|
3353 if (*new_p_guifont == ' ')
|
|
|
3354 *new_p_guifont = '_';
|
|
|
3355 }
|
|
|
3356 }
|
|
|
3357 }
|
|
7
|
3358 else
|
|
|
3359 {
|
|
9
|
3360 font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name);
|
|
418
|
3361 vim_strncpy(used_font_name, font_name, sizeof(used_font_name) - 1);
|
|
7
|
3362
|
|
|
3363 if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
|
3364 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3365 }
|
|
37
|
3366
|
|
7
|
3367 gui.norm_font = font;
|
|
|
3368
|
|
37
|
3369 hl_set_font_name(used_font_name);
|
|
|
3370
|
|
9
|
3371 TextSize(font >> 16);
|
|
|
3372 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3373
|
|
189
|
3374 GetFontInfo(&font_info);
|
|
|
3375
|
|
|
3376 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent;
|
|
|
3377 gui.char_width = CharWidth('_');
|
|
|
3378 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace;
|
|
|
3379
|
|
168
|
3380 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
3381 ATSUFontID fontID;
|
|
|
3382 Fixed fontSize;
|
|
|
3383 ATSStyleRenderingOptions fontOptions;
|
|
|
3384
|
|
|
3385 if (gFontStyle)
|
|
|
3386 {
|
|
|
3387 fontID = font & 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
3388 fontSize = Long2Fix(font >> 16);
|
|
|
3389
|
|
|
3390 /* No antialiasing by default (do not attempt to touch antialising
|
|
|
3391 * options on pre-Jaguar) */
|
|
|
3392 fontOptions =
|
|
|
3393 (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020) ?
|
|
|
3394 kATSStyleNoAntiAliasing :
|
|
|
3395 kATSStyleNoOptions;
|
|
|
3396
|
|
|
3397 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] =
|
|
|
3398 {
|
|
|
3399 kATSUFontTag, kATSUSizeTag, kATSUStyleRenderingOptionsTag,
|
|
|
3400 kATSUMaxATSUITagValue+1
|
|
|
3401 };
|
|
|
3402 ByteCount attribSizes[] =
|
|
|
3403 {
|
|
|
3404 sizeof(ATSUFontID), sizeof(Fixed),
|
|
|
3405 sizeof(ATSStyleRenderingOptions), sizeof font
|
|
|
3406 };
|
|
|
3407 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] =
|
|
|
3408 {
|
|
|
3409 &fontID, &fontSize, &fontOptions, &font
|
|
|
3410 };
|
|
|
3411
|
|
|
3412 /* Convert font id to ATSUFontID */
|
|
|
3413 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(fontID, 0, &fontID, NULL) == noErr)
|
|
|
3414 {
|
|
|
3415 if (ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle,
|
|
|
3416 (sizeof attribTags)/sizeof(ATSUAttributeTag),
|
|
|
3417 attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues) != noErr)
|
|
|
3418 {
|
|
|
3419 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle);
|
|
|
3420 gFontStyle = NULL;
|
|
|
3421 }
|
|
|
3422 }
|
|
|
3423 }
|
|
|
3424 #endif
|
|
|
3425
|
|
7
|
3426 return OK;
|
|
|
3427 }
|
|
|
3428
|
|
444
|
3429 /*
|
|
|
3430 * Adjust gui.char_height (after 'linespace' was changed).
|
|
|
3431 */
|
|
7
|
3432 int
|
|
593
|
3433 gui_mch_adjust_charheight(void)
|
|
7
|
3434 {
|
|
|
3435 FontInfo font_info;
|
|
|
3436
|
|
9
|
3437 GetFontInfo(&font_info);
|
|
7
|
3438 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace;
|
|
|
3439 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent + p_linespace / 2;
|
|
|
3440 return OK;
|
|
|
3441 }
|
|
|
3442
|
|
|
3443 /*
|
|
|
3444 * Get a font structure for highlighting.
|
|
|
3445 */
|
|
|
3446 GuiFont
|
|
593
|
3447 gui_mch_get_font(char_u *name, int giveErrorIfMissing)
|
|
7
|
3448 {
|
|
|
3449 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3450
|
|
|
3451 font = gui_mac_find_font(name);
|
|
|
3452
|
|
|
3453 if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
|
3454 {
|
|
|
3455 if (giveErrorIfMissing)
|
|
|
3456 EMSG2(_(e_font), name);
|
|
|
3457 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
3458 }
|
|
|
3459 /*
|
|
|
3460 * TODO : Accept only monospace
|
|
|
3461 */
|
|
|
3462
|
|
|
3463 return font;
|
|
|
3464 }
|
|
|
3465
|
|
44
|
3466 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7
|
3467 /*
|
|
37
|
3468 * Return the name of font "font" in allocated memory.
|
|
|
3469 * Don't know how to get the actual name, thus use the provided name.
|
|
|
3470 */
|
|
|
3471 char_u *
|
|
593
|
3472 gui_mch_get_fontname(GuiFont font, char_u *name)
|
|
37
|
3473 {
|
|
|
3474 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
3475 return NULL;
|
|
|
3476 return vim_strsave(name);
|
|
|
3477 }
|
|
44
|
3478 #endif
|
|
37
|
3479
|
|
|
3480 /*
|
|
7
|
3481 * Set the current text font.
|
|
|
3482 */
|
|
|
3483 void
|
|
593
|
3484 gui_mch_set_font(GuiFont font)
|
|
7
|
3485 {
|
|
168
|
3486 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
3487 GuiFont currFont;
|
|
|
3488 ByteCount actualFontByteCount;
|
|
|
3489 ATSUFontID fontID;
|
|
|
3490 Fixed fontSize;
|
|
|
3491 ATSStyleRenderingOptions fontOptions;
|
|
|
3492
|
|
|
3493 if (gFontStyle)
|
|
|
3494 {
|
|
|
3495 /* Avoid setting same font again */
|
|
|
3496 if (ATSUGetAttribute(gFontStyle, kATSUMaxATSUITagValue+1, sizeof font,
|
|
|
3497 &currFont, &actualFontByteCount) == noErr &&
|
|
|
3498 actualFontByteCount == (sizeof font))
|
|
|
3499 {
|
|
|
3500 if (currFont == font)
|
|
|
3501 return;
|
|
|
3502 }
|
|
|
3503
|
|
|
3504 fontID = font & 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
3505 fontSize = Long2Fix(font >> 16);
|
|
|
3506 /* Respect p_antialias setting only for wide font.
|
|
|
3507 * The reason for doing this at the moment is a bit complicated,
|
|
|
3508 * but it's mainly because a) latin (non-wide) aliased fonts
|
|
|
3509 * look bad in OS X 10.3.x and below (due to a bug in ATS), and
|
|
|
3510 * b) wide multibyte input does not suffer from that problem. */
|
|
593
|
3511 /*fontOptions =
|
|
168
|
3512 (p_antialias && (font == gui.wide_font)) ?
|
|
|
3513 kATSStyleNoOptions : kATSStyleNoAntiAliasing;
|
|
593
|
3514 */
|
|
|
3515 /*fontOptions = kATSStyleAntiAliasing;*/
|
|
168
|
3516
|
|
|
3517 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] =
|
|
|
3518 {
|
|
|
3519 kATSUFontTag, kATSUSizeTag, kATSUStyleRenderingOptionsTag,
|
|
|
3520 kATSUMaxATSUITagValue+1
|
|
|
3521 };
|
|
|
3522 ByteCount attribSizes[] =
|
|
|
3523 {
|
|
|
3524 sizeof(ATSUFontID), sizeof(Fixed),
|
|
|
3525 sizeof(ATSStyleRenderingOptions), sizeof font
|
|
|
3526 };
|
|
|
3527 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] =
|
|
|
3528 {
|
|
|
3529 &fontID, &fontSize, &fontOptions, &font
|
|
|
3530 };
|
|
|
3531
|
|
|
3532 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(fontID, 0, &fontID, NULL) == noErr)
|
|
|
3533 {
|
|
|
3534 if (ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle,
|
|
|
3535 (sizeof attribTags)/sizeof(ATSUAttributeTag),
|
|
|
3536 attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues) != noErr)
|
|
|
3537 {
|
|
|
3538 #ifndef NDEBUG
|
|
|
3539 fprintf(stderr, "couldn't set font style\n");
|
|
|
3540 #endif
|
|
|
3541 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle);
|
|
|
3542 gFontStyle = NULL;
|
|
|
3543 }
|
|
|
3544 }
|
|
|
3545
|
|
|
3546 }
|
|
|
3547
|
|
|
3548 if (!gIsFontFallbackSet)
|
|
|
3549 {
|
|
|
3550 /* Setup automatic font substitution. The user's guifontwide
|
|
|
3551 * is tried first, then the system tries other fonts. */
|
|
|
3552 /*
|
|
|
3553 ATSUAttributeTag fallbackTags[] = { kATSULineFontFallbacksTag };
|
|
|
3554 ByteCount fallbackSizes[] = { sizeof(ATSUFontFallbacks) };
|
|
|
3555 ATSUCreateFontFallbacks(&gFontFallbacks);
|
|
|
3556 ATSUSetObjFontFallbacks(gFontFallbacks, );
|
|
|
3557 */
|
|
|
3558 if (gui.wide_font)
|
|
|
3559 {
|
|
|
3560 ATSUFontID fallbackFonts;
|
|
|
3561 gIsFontFallbackSet = TRUE;
|
|
|
3562
|
|
|
3563 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(
|
|
|
3564 (gui.wide_font & 0xFFFF),
|
|
|
3565 0,
|
|
|
3566 &fallbackFonts,
|
|
|
3567 NULL) == noErr)
|
|
|
3568 {
|
|
|
3569 ATSUSetFontFallbacks((sizeof fallbackFonts)/sizeof(ATSUFontID), &fallbackFonts, kATSUSequentialFallbacksPreferred);
|
|
|
3570 }
|
|
|
3571 /*
|
|
|
3572 ATSUAttributeValuePtr fallbackValues[] = { };
|
|
|
3573 */
|
|
|
3574 }
|
|
|
3575 }
|
|
|
3576 #endif
|
|
7
|
3577 TextSize(font >> 16);
|
|
|
3578 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3579 }
|
|
|
3580
|
|
|
3581 /*
|
|
|
3582 * If a font is not going to be used, free its structure.
|
|
|
3583 */
|
|
|
3584 void
|
|
|
3585 gui_mch_free_font(font)
|
|
|
3586 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3587 {
|
|
|
3588 /*
|
|
|
3589 * Free font when "font" is not 0.
|
|
|
3590 * Nothing to do in the current implementation, since
|
|
|
3591 * nothing is allocated for each font used.
|
|
|
3592 */
|
|
|
3593 }
|
|
|
3594
|
|
|
3595 static int
|
|
593
|
3596 hex_digit(int c)
|
|
7
|
3597 {
|
|
|
3598 if (isdigit(c))
|
|
|
3599 return c - '0';
|
|
|
3600 c = TOLOWER_ASC(c);
|
|
|
3601 if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f')
|
|
|
3602 return c - 'a' + 10;
|
|
|
3603 return -1000;
|
|
|
3604 }
|
|
|
3605
|
|
|
3606 /*
|
|
|
3607 * Return the Pixel value (color) for the given color name. This routine was
|
|
|
3608 * pretty much taken from example code in the Silicon Graphics OSF/Motif
|
|
|
3609 * Programmer's Guide.
|
|
|
3610 * Return INVALCOLOR when failed.
|
|
|
3611 */
|
|
|
3612 guicolor_T
|
|
593
|
3613 gui_mch_get_color(char_u *name)
|
|
7
|
3614 {
|
|
|
3615 /* TODO: Add support for the new named color of MacOS 8
|
|
|
3616 */
|
|
|
3617 RGBColor MacColor;
|
|
|
3618 // guicolor_T color = 0;
|
|
|
3619
|
|
|
3620 typedef struct guicolor_tTable
|
|
|
3621 {
|
|
|
3622 char *name;
|
|
|
3623 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
3624 } guicolor_tTable;
|
|
|
3625
|
|
|
3626 /*
|
|
|
3627 * The comment at the end of each line is the source
|
|
|
3628 * (Mac, Window, Unix) and the number is the unix rgb.txt value
|
|
|
3629 */
|
|
|
3630 static guicolor_tTable table[] =
|
|
|
3631 {
|
|
|
3632 {"Black", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0x00)},
|
|
|
3633 {"darkgray", RGB(0x80, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3634 {"darkgrey", RGB(0x80, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3635 {"Gray", RGB(0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3636 {"Grey", RGB(0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3637 {"lightgray", RGB(0xE0, 0xE0, 0xE0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3638 {"lightgrey", RGB(0xE0, 0xE0, 0xE0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3639 {"white", RGB(0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF)},
|
|
|
3640 {"darkred", RGB(0x80, 0x00, 0x00)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3641 {"red", RGB(0xDD, 0x08, 0x06)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3642 {"lightred", RGB(0xFF, 0xA0, 0xA0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3643 {"DarkBlue", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3644 {"Blue", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0xD4)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3645 {"lightblue", RGB(0xA0, 0xA0, 0xFF)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3646 {"DarkGreen", RGB(0x00, 0x80, 0x00)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3647 {"Green", RGB(0x00, 0x64, 0x11)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3648 {"lightgreen", RGB(0xA0, 0xFF, 0xA0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3649 {"DarkCyan", RGB(0x00, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W ?0x307D7E */
|
|
|
3650 {"cyan", RGB(0x02, 0xAB, 0xEA)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3651 {"lightcyan", RGB(0xA0, 0xFF, 0xFF)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3652 {"darkmagenta", RGB(0x80, 0x00, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3653 {"magenta", RGB(0xF2, 0x08, 0x84)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3654 {"lightmagenta",RGB(0xF0, 0xA0, 0xF0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3655 {"brown", RGB(0x80, 0x40, 0x40)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3656 {"yellow", RGB(0xFC, 0xF3, 0x05)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3657 {"lightyellow", RGB(0xFF, 0xFF, 0xA0)}, /*M*/
|
|
308
|
3658 {"darkyellow", RGB(0xBB, 0xBB, 0x00)}, /*U*/
|
|
7
|
3659 {"SeaGreen", RGB(0x2E, 0x8B, 0x57)}, /*W 0x4E8975 */
|
|
|
3660 {"orange", RGB(0xFC, 0x80, 0x00)}, /*W 0xF87A17 */
|
|
|
3661 {"Purple", RGB(0xA0, 0x20, 0xF0)}, /*W 0x8e35e5 */
|
|
|
3662 {"SlateBlue", RGB(0x6A, 0x5A, 0xCD)}, /*W 0x737CA1 */
|
|
|
3663 {"Violet", RGB(0x8D, 0x38, 0xC9)}, /*U*/
|
|
|
3664 };
|
|
|
3665
|
|
|
3666 int r, g, b;
|
|
|
3667 int i;
|
|
|
3668
|
|
|
3669 if (name[0] == '#' && strlen((char *) name) == 7)
|
|
|
3670 {
|
|
|
3671 /* Name is in "#rrggbb" format */
|
|
|
3672 r = hex_digit(name[1]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[2]);
|
|
|
3673 g = hex_digit(name[3]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[4]);
|
|
|
3674 b = hex_digit(name[5]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[6]);
|
|
|
3675 if (r < 0 || g < 0 || b < 0)
|
|
|
3676 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3677 return RGB(r, g, b);
|
|
|
3678 }
|
|
|
3679 else
|
|
|
3680 {
|
|
9
|
3681 if (STRICMP(name, "hilite") == 0)
|
|
7
|
3682 {
|
|
9
|
3683 LMGetHiliteRGB(&MacColor);
|
|
|
3684 return (RGB(MacColor.red >> 8, MacColor.green >> 8, MacColor.blue >> 8));
|
|
7
|
3685 }
|
|
|
3686 /* Check if the name is one of the colors we know */
|
|
|
3687 for (i = 0; i < sizeof(table) / sizeof(table[0]); i++)
|
|
|
3688 if (STRICMP(name, table[i].name) == 0)
|
|
|
3689 return table[i].color;
|
|
|
3690 }
|
|
|
3691
|
|
|
3692 /*
|
|
|
3693 * Last attempt. Look in the file "$VIM/rgb.txt".
|
|
|
3694 */
|
|
|
3695 {
|
|
|
3696 #define LINE_LEN 100
|
|
|
3697 FILE *fd;
|
|
|
3698 char line[LINE_LEN];
|
|
|
3699 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
3700
|
|
|
3701 fname = expand_env_save((char_u *)"$VIMRUNTIME/rgb.txt");
|
|
|
3702 if (fname == NULL)
|
|
|
3703 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3704
|
|
|
3705 fd = fopen((char *)fname, "rt");
|
|
|
3706 vim_free(fname);
|
|
|
3707 if (fd == NULL)
|
|
|
3708 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3709
|
|
|
3710 while (!feof(fd))
|
|
|
3711 {
|
|
|
3712 int len;
|
|
|
3713 int pos;
|
|
|
3714 char *color;
|
|
|
3715
|
|
|
3716 fgets(line, LINE_LEN, fd);
|
|
|
3717 len = strlen(line);
|
|
|
3718
|
|
|
3719 if (len <= 1 || line[len-1] != '\n')
|
|
|
3720 continue;
|
|
|
3721
|
|
|
3722 line[len-1] = '\0';
|
|
|
3723
|
|
|
3724 i = sscanf(line, "%d %d %d %n", &r, &g, &b, &pos);
|
|
|
3725 if (i != 3)
|
|
|
3726 continue;
|
|
|
3727
|
|
|
3728 color = line + pos;
|
|
|
3729
|
|
|
3730 if (STRICMP(color, name) == 0)
|
|
|
3731 {
|
|
|
3732 fclose(fd);
|
|
|
3733 return (guicolor_T) RGB(r, g, b);
|
|
|
3734 }
|
|
|
3735 }
|
|
|
3736 fclose(fd);
|
|
|
3737 }
|
|
|
3738
|
|
|
3739 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3740 }
|
|
|
3741
|
|
|
3742 /*
|
|
|
3743 * Set the current text foreground color.
|
|
|
3744 */
|
|
|
3745 void
|
|
593
|
3746 gui_mch_set_fg_color(guicolor_T color)
|
|
7
|
3747 {
|
|
|
3748 RGBColor TheColor;
|
|
|
3749
|
|
|
3750 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3751 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3752 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3753
|
|
9
|
3754 RGBForeColor(&TheColor);
|
|
7
|
3755 }
|
|
|
3756
|
|
|
3757 /*
|
|
|
3758 * Set the current text background color.
|
|
|
3759 */
|
|
|
3760 void
|
|
593
|
3761 gui_mch_set_bg_color(guicolor_T color)
|
|
7
|
3762 {
|
|
|
3763 RGBColor TheColor;
|
|
|
3764
|
|
|
3765 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3766 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3767 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3768
|
|
9
|
3769 RGBBackColor(&TheColor);
|
|
7
|
3770 }
|
|
|
3771
|
|
563
|
3772 RGBColor specialColor;
|
|
|
3773
|
|
212
|
3774 /*
|
|
563
|
3775 * Set the current text special color.
|
|
212
|
3776 */
|
|
|
3777 void
|
|
593
|
3778 gui_mch_set_sp_color(guicolor_T color)
|
|
212
|
3779 {
|
|
563
|
3780 specialColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3781 specialColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3782 specialColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3783 }
|
|
|
3784
|
|
|
3785 /*
|
|
|
3786 * Draw undercurl at the bottom of the character cell.
|
|
|
3787 */
|
|
|
3788 static void
|
|
|
3789 draw_undercurl(int flags, int row, int col, int cells)
|
|
|
3790 {
|
|
593
|
3791 int x;
|
|
563
|
3792 int offset;
|
|
|
3793 const static int val[8] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 2, 2 };
|
|
|
3794 int y = FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1;
|
|
|
3795
|
|
|
3796 RGBForeColor(&specialColor);
|
|
|
3797
|
|
|
3798 offset = val[FILL_X(col) % 8];
|
|
|
3799 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), y - offset);
|
|
|
3800
|
|
593
|
3801 for (x = FILL_X(col); x < FILL_X(col + cells); ++x)
|
|
563
|
3802 {
|
|
593
|
3803 offset = val[x % 8];
|
|
|
3804 LineTo(x, y - offset);
|
|
563
|
3805 }
|
|
212
|
3806 }
|
|
|
3807
|
|
593
|
3808 #ifndef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
3809
|
|
|
3810 static void
|
|
|
3811 draw_string_QD(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags)
|
|
7
|
3812 {
|
|
|
3813 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3814 char_u *tofree = NULL;
|
|
|
3815
|
|
|
3816 if (output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
3817 {
|
|
|
3818 tofree = string_convert(&output_conv, s, &len);
|
|
|
3819 if (tofree != NULL)
|
|
|
3820 s = tofree;
|
|
|
3821 }
|
|
|
3822 #endif
|
|
593
|
3823
|
|
7
|
3824 /*
|
|
|
3825 * On OS X, try using Quartz-style text antialiasing.
|
|
|
3826 */
|
|
189
|
3827 if (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020)
|
|
7
|
3828 {
|
|
|
3829 /* Quartz antialiasing is available only in OS 10.2 and later. */
|
|
|
3830 UInt32 qd_flags = (p_antialias ?
|
|
|
3831 kQDUseCGTextRendering | kQDUseCGTextMetrics : 0);
|
|
168
|
3832 QDSwapTextFlags(qd_flags);
|
|
7
|
3833 }
|
|
|
3834
|
|
36
|
3835 /*
|
|
|
3836 * When antialiasing we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block
|
|
|
3837 * before drawing the text.
|
|
|
3838 * Also needed when 'linespace' is non-zero to remove the cursor and
|
|
|
3839 * underlining.
|
|
|
3840 * But not when drawing transparently.
|
|
|
3841 * The following is like calling gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col +
|
|
|
3842 * len - 1), but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel.
|
|
|
3843 */
|
|
189
|
3844 if (((gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020 && p_antialias) || p_linespace != 0)
|
|
36
|
3845 && !(flags & DRAW_TRANSP))
|
|
|
3846 {
|
|
|
3847 Rect rc;
|
|
|
3848
|
|
|
3849 rc.left = FILL_X(col);
|
|
|
3850 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
168
|
3851 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3852 /* Multibyte computation taken from gui_w32.c */
|
|
|
3853 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3854 {
|
|
|
3855 int cell_len = 0;
|
|
|
3856 int n;
|
|
|
3857
|
|
|
3858 /* Compute the length in display cells. */
|
|
|
3859 for (n = 0; n < len; n += MB_BYTE2LEN(s[n]))
|
|
|
3860 cell_len += (*mb_ptr2cells)(s + n);
|
|
|
3861 rc.right = FILL_X(col + cell_len);
|
|
|
3862 }
|
|
|
3863 else
|
|
|
3864 #endif
|
|
36
|
3865 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns);
|
|
|
3866 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1);
|
|
|
3867 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
|
3868 }
|
|
|
3869
|
|
189
|
3870 if (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020 && p_antialias)
|
|
7
|
3871 {
|
|
|
3872 StyleParameter face;
|
|
|
3873
|
|
|
3874 face = normal;
|
|
|
3875 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD)
|
|
|
3876 face |= bold;
|
|
|
3877 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL)
|
|
|
3878 face |= underline;
|
|
|
3879 TextFace(face);
|
|
|
3880
|
|
|
3881 /* Quartz antialiasing works only in srcOr transfer mode. */
|
|
|
3882 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
|
3883
|
|
|
3884 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
|
3885 DrawText((char*)s, 0, len);
|
|
|
3886 }
|
|
|
3887 else
|
|
|
3888 {
|
|
|
3889 /* Use old-style, non-antialiased QuickDraw text rendering. */
|
|
9
|
3890 TextMode(srcCopy);
|
|
|
3891 TextFace(normal);
|
|
7
|
3892
|
|
|
3893 /* SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); */
|
|
|
3894
|
|
|
3895 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP)
|
|
|
3896 {
|
|
9
|
3897 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
7
|
3898 }
|
|
|
3899
|
|
9
|
3900 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
593
|
3901 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len);
|
|
|
3902
|
|
|
3903 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD)
|
|
|
3904 {
|
|
|
3905 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
|
3906 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col) + 1, TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
|
3907 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len);
|
|
|
3908 }
|
|
|
3909
|
|
|
3910 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL)
|
|
|
3911 {
|
|
|
3912 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1);
|
|
|
3913 LineTo(FILL_X(col + len) - 1, FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1);
|
|
|
3914 }
|
|
|
3915 }
|
|
|
3916
|
|
|
3917 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERC)
|
|
|
3918 draw_undercurl(flags, row, col, len);
|
|
|
3919
|
|
|
3920 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3921 vim_free(tofree);
|
|
|
3922 #endif
|
|
|
3923 }
|
|
|
3924
|
|
|
3925 #else /* USE_ATSUI_DRAWING */
|
|
|
3926
|
|
|
3927 static void
|
|
|
3928 draw_string_ATSUI(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags)
|
|
|
3929 {
|
|
|
3930 /* ATSUI requires utf-16 strings */
|
|
|
3931 UniCharCount utf16_len;
|
|
|
3932 UniChar *tofree = mac_enc_to_utf16(s, len, (size_t *)&utf16_len);
|
|
|
3933 utf16_len /= sizeof(UniChar);
|
|
|
3934
|
|
|
3935 /* - ATSUI automatically antialiases text (Someone)
|
|
|
3936 * - for some reason it does not work... (Jussi) */
|
|
|
3937
|
|
|
3938 /*
|
|
|
3939 * When antialiasing we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block
|
|
|
3940 * before drawing the text.
|
|
|
3941 * Also needed when 'linespace' is non-zero to remove the cursor and
|
|
|
3942 * underlining.
|
|
|
3943 * But not when drawing transparently.
|
|
|
3944 * The following is like calling gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col +
|
|
|
3945 * len - 1), but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel.
|
|
|
3946 */
|
|
|
3947 if ((flags & DRAW_TRANSP) == 0)
|
|
|
3948 {
|
|
|
3949 Rect rc;
|
|
|
3950
|
|
|
3951 rc.left = FILL_X(col);
|
|
|
3952 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
3953 /* Multibyte computation taken from gui_w32.c */
|
|
|
3954 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3955 {
|
|
|
3956 int cell_len = 0;
|
|
|
3957 int n;
|
|
|
3958
|
|
|
3959 /* Compute the length in display cells. */
|
|
|
3960 for (n = 0; n < len; n += MB_BYTE2LEN(s[n]))
|
|
|
3961 cell_len += (*mb_ptr2cells)(s + n);
|
|
|
3962 rc.right = FILL_X(col + cell_len);
|
|
|
3963 }
|
|
|
3964 else
|
|
|
3965 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns);
|
|
|
3966
|
|
|
3967 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1);
|
|
|
3968 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
|
3969 }
|
|
|
3970
|
|
|
3971 {
|
|
|
3972 /* Use old-style, non-antialiased QuickDraw text rendering. */
|
|
|
3973 TextMode(srcCopy);
|
|
|
3974 TextFace(normal);
|
|
|
3975
|
|
|
3976 /* SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); */
|
|
|
3977
|
|
|
3978 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP)
|
|
|
3979 {
|
|
|
3980 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
|
3981 }
|
|
|
3982
|
|
|
3983 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
168
|
3984 ATSUTextLayout textLayout;
|
|
|
3985
|
|
|
3986 if (ATSUCreateTextLayoutWithTextPtr(tofree,
|
|
|
3987 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd,
|
|
|
3988 utf16_len,
|
|
|
3989 (gFontStyle ? 1 : 0), &utf16_len,
|
|
|
3990 (gFontStyle ? &gFontStyle : NULL),
|
|
|
3991 &textLayout) == noErr)
|
|
|
3992 {
|
|
|
3993 ATSUSetTransientFontMatching(textLayout, TRUE);
|
|
|
3994
|
|
|
3995 ATSUDrawText(textLayout,
|
|
|
3996 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd,
|
|
|
3997 kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc, kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc);
|
|
|
3998
|
|
|
3999 ATSUDisposeTextLayout(textLayout);
|
|
|
4000 }
|
|
7
|
4001 }
|
|
|
4002
|
|
563
|
4003 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERC)
|
|
|
4004 draw_undercurl(flags, row, col, len);
|
|
|
4005
|
|
7
|
4006 vim_free(tofree);
|
|
593
|
4007 }
|
|
|
4008 #endif
|
|
|
4009
|
|
|
4010 void
|
|
|
4011 gui_mch_draw_string(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags)
|
|
|
4012 {
|
|
|
4013 #if defined(USE_ATSUI_DRAWING)
|
|
|
4014 draw_string_ATSUI(row, col, s, len, flags);
|
|
|
4015 #else
|
|
|
4016 draw_string_QD(row, col, s, len, flags);
|
|
7
|
4017 #endif
|
|
|
4018 }
|
|
|
4019
|
|
|
4020 /*
|
|
|
4021 * Return OK if the key with the termcap name "name" is supported.
|
|
|
4022 */
|
|
|
4023 int
|
|
593
|
4024 gui_mch_haskey(char_u *name)
|
|
7
|
4025 {
|
|
|
4026 int i;
|
|
|
4027
|
|
|
4028 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++)
|
|
|
4029 if (name[0] == special_keys[i].vim_code0 &&
|
|
|
4030 name[1] == special_keys[i].vim_code1)
|
|
|
4031 return OK;
|
|
|
4032 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4033 }
|
|
|
4034
|
|
|
4035 void
|
|
593
|
4036 gui_mch_beep(void)
|
|
7
|
4037 {
|
|
9
|
4038 SysBeep(1); /* Should this be 0? (????) */
|
|
7
|
4039 }
|
|
|
4040
|
|
|
4041 void
|
|
593
|
4042 gui_mch_flash(int msec)
|
|
7
|
4043 {
|
|
|
4044 /* Do a visual beep by reversing the foreground and background colors */
|
|
|
4045 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4046
|
|
|
4047 /*
|
|
|
4048 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
4049 */
|
|
|
4050 rc.left = 0;
|
|
|
4051 rc.top = 0;
|
|
|
4052 rc.right = gui.num_cols * gui.char_width;
|
|
|
4053 rc.bottom = gui.num_rows * gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4054 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4055
|
|
|
4056 ui_delay((long)msec, TRUE); /* wait for some msec */
|
|
|
4057
|
|
|
4058 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4059 }
|
|
|
4060
|
|
|
4061 /*
|
|
|
4062 * Invert a rectangle from row r, column c, for nr rows and nc columns.
|
|
|
4063 */
|
|
|
4064 void
|
|
593
|
4065 gui_mch_invert_rectangle(int r, int c, int nr, int nc)
|
|
7
|
4066 {
|
|
|
4067 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4068
|
|
|
4069 /*
|
|
|
4070 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
4071 */
|
|
|
4072 rc.left = FILL_X(c);
|
|
|
4073 rc.top = FILL_Y(r);
|
|
|
4074 rc.right = rc.left + nc * gui.char_width;
|
|
|
4075 rc.bottom = rc.top + nr * gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4076 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4077 }
|
|
|
4078
|
|
|
4079 /*
|
|
|
4080 * Iconify the GUI window.
|
|
|
4081 */
|
|
|
4082 void
|
|
593
|
4083 gui_mch_iconify(void)
|
|
7
|
4084 {
|
|
|
4085 /* TODO: find out what could replace iconify
|
|
|
4086 * -window shade?
|
|
|
4087 * -hide application?
|
|
|
4088 */
|
|
|
4089 }
|
|
|
4090
|
|
|
4091 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4092 /*
|
|
|
4093 * Bring the Vim window to the foreground.
|
|
|
4094 */
|
|
|
4095 void
|
|
593
|
4096 gui_mch_set_foreground(void)
|
|
7
|
4097 {
|
|
|
4098 /* TODO */
|
|
|
4099 }
|
|
|
4100 #endif
|
|
|
4101
|
|
|
4102 /*
|
|
|
4103 * Draw a cursor without focus.
|
|
|
4104 */
|
|
|
4105 void
|
|
593
|
4106 gui_mch_draw_hollow_cursor(guicolor_T color)
|
|
7
|
4107 {
|
|
|
4108 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4109
|
|
|
4110 /*
|
|
|
4111 * Note: FrameRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
4112 */
|
|
|
4113 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col);
|
|
|
4114 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row);
|
|
|
4115 rc.right = rc.left + gui.char_width;
|
|
168
|
4116 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4117 if (mb_lefthalve(gui.row, gui.col))
|
|
|
4118 rc.right += gui.char_width;
|
|
|
4119 #endif
|
|
7
|
4120 rc.bottom = rc.top + gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4121
|
|
|
4122 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
4123
|
|
9
|
4124 FrameRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
4125 }
|
|
|
4126
|
|
|
4127 /*
|
|
|
4128 * Draw part of a cursor, only w pixels wide, and h pixels high.
|
|
|
4129 */
|
|
|
4130 void
|
|
593
|
4131 gui_mch_draw_part_cursor(int w, int h, guicolor_T color)
|
|
7
|
4132 {
|
|
|
4133 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4134
|
|
|
4135 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4136 /* vertical line should be on the right of current point */
|
|
|
4137 if (CURSOR_BAR_RIGHT)
|
|
|
4138 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col + 1) - w;
|
|
|
4139 else
|
|
|
4140 #endif
|
|
|
4141 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col);
|
|
|
4142 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row) + gui.char_height - h;
|
|
|
4143 rc.right = rc.left + w;
|
|
|
4144 rc.bottom = rc.top + h;
|
|
|
4145
|
|
|
4146 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
4147
|
|
168
|
4148 FrameRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4149 // PaintRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
4150 }
|
|
|
4151
|
|
|
4152
|
|
|
4153
|
|
|
4154 /*
|
|
|
4155 * Catch up with any queued X events. This may put keyboard input into the
|
|
|
4156 * input buffer, call resize call-backs, trigger timers etc. If there is
|
|
|
4157 * nothing in the X event queue (& no timers pending), then we return
|
|
|
4158 * immediately.
|
|
|
4159 */
|
|
|
4160 void
|
|
593
|
4161 gui_mch_update(void)
|
|
7
|
4162 {
|
|
|
4163 /* TODO: find what to do
|
|
|
4164 * maybe call gui_mch_wait_for_chars (0)
|
|
|
4165 * more like look at EventQueue then
|
|
|
4166 * call heart of gui_mch_wait_for_chars;
|
|
|
4167 *
|
|
|
4168 * if (eventther)
|
|
|
4169 * gui_mac_handle_event(&event);
|
|
|
4170 */
|
|
|
4171 EventRecord theEvent;
|
|
|
4172
|
|
9
|
4173 if (EventAvail(everyEvent, &theEvent))
|
|
7
|
4174 if (theEvent.what != nullEvent)
|
|
|
4175 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(0);
|
|
|
4176 }
|
|
|
4177
|
|
|
4178 /*
|
|
|
4179 * Simple wrapper to neglect more easily the time
|
|
|
4180 * spent inside WaitNextEvent while profiling.
|
|
|
4181 */
|
|
|
4182
|
|
|
4183 pascal
|
|
|
4184 Boolean
|
|
9
|
4185 WaitNextEventWrp(EventMask eventMask, EventRecord *theEvent, UInt32 sleep, RgnHandle mouseRgn)
|
|
7
|
4186 {
|
|
|
4187 if (((long) sleep) < -1)
|
|
|
4188 sleep = 32767;
|
|
|
4189 return WaitNextEvent(eventMask, theEvent, sleep, mouseRgn);
|
|
|
4190 }
|
|
|
4191
|
|
|
4192 /*
|
|
|
4193 * GUI input routine called by gui_wait_for_chars(). Waits for a character
|
|
|
4194 * from the keyboard.
|
|
|
4195 * wtime == -1 Wait forever.
|
|
|
4196 * wtime == 0 This should never happen.
|
|
|
4197 * wtime > 0 Wait wtime milliseconds for a character.
|
|
|
4198 * Returns OK if a character was found to be available within the given time,
|
|
|
4199 * or FAIL otherwise.
|
|
|
4200 */
|
|
|
4201 int
|
|
593
|
4202 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(int wtime)
|
|
7
|
4203 {
|
|
|
4204 EventMask mask = (everyEvent);
|
|
|
4205 EventRecord event;
|
|
|
4206 long entryTick;
|
|
|
4207 long currentTick;
|
|
|
4208 long sleeppyTick;
|
|
|
4209
|
|
|
4210 /* If we are providing life feedback with the scrollbar,
|
|
|
4211 * we don't want to try to wait for an event, or else
|
|
|
4212 * there won't be any life feedback.
|
|
|
4213 */
|
|
|
4214 if (dragged_sb != NULL)
|
|
|
4215 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4216 /* TODO: Check if FAIL is the proper return code */
|
|
|
4217
|
|
|
4218 entryTick = TickCount();
|
|
|
4219
|
|
|
4220 allow_scrollbar = TRUE;
|
|
|
4221
|
|
|
4222 do
|
|
|
4223 {
|
|
|
4224 /* if (dragRectControl == kCreateEmpty)
|
|
|
4225 {
|
|
|
4226 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
4227 dragRectControl = kNothing;
|
|
|
4228 }
|
|
|
4229 else*/ if (dragRectControl == kCreateRect)
|
|
|
4230 {
|
|
|
4231 dragRgn = cursorRgn;
|
|
9
|
4232 RectRgn(dragRgn, &dragRect);
|
|
7
|
4233 dragRectControl = kNothing;
|
|
|
4234 }
|
|
|
4235 /*
|
|
|
4236 * Don't use gui_mch_update() because then we will spin-lock until a
|
|
|
4237 * char arrives, instead we use WaitNextEventWrp() to hang until an
|
|
|
4238 * event arrives. No need to check for input_buf_full because we are
|
|
|
4239 * returning as soon as it contains a single char.
|
|
|
4240 */
|
|
|
4241 /* TODO: reduce wtime accordinly??? */
|
|
|
4242 if (wtime > -1)
|
|
|
4243 sleeppyTick = 60*wtime/1000;
|
|
|
4244 else
|
|
|
4245 sleeppyTick = 32767;
|
|
9
|
4246 if (WaitNextEventWrp(mask, &event, sleeppyTick, dragRgn))
|
|
7
|
4247 {
|
|
9
|
4248 gui_mac_handle_event(&event);
|
|
7
|
4249 if (input_available())
|
|
|
4250 {
|
|
|
4251 allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
4252 return OK;
|
|
|
4253 }
|
|
|
4254 }
|
|
|
4255 currentTick = TickCount();
|
|
|
4256 }
|
|
|
4257 while ((wtime == -1) || ((currentTick - entryTick) < 60*wtime/1000));
|
|
|
4258
|
|
|
4259 allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
4260 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4261 }
|
|
|
4262
|
|
|
4263 /*
|
|
|
4264 * Output routines.
|
|
|
4265 */
|
|
|
4266
|
|
|
4267 /* Flush any output to the screen */
|
|
|
4268 void
|
|
593
|
4269 gui_mch_flush(void)
|
|
7
|
4270 {
|
|
|
4271 /* TODO: Is anything needed here? */
|
|
|
4272 }
|
|
|
4273
|
|
|
4274 /*
|
|
|
4275 * Clear a rectangular region of the screen from text pos (row1, col1) to
|
|
|
4276 * (row2, col2) inclusive.
|
|
|
4277 */
|
|
|
4278 void
|
|
593
|
4279 gui_mch_clear_block(int row1, int col1, int row2, int col2)
|
|
7
|
4280 {
|
|
|
4281 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4282
|
|
|
4283 /*
|
|
|
4284 * Clear one extra pixel at the far right, for when bold characters have
|
|
|
4285 * spilled over to the next column.
|
|
|
4286 */
|
|
|
4287 rc.left = FILL_X(col1);
|
|
|
4288 rc.top = FILL_Y(row1);
|
|
|
4289 rc.right = FILL_X(col2 + 1) + (col2 == Columns - 1);
|
|
|
4290 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row2 + 1);
|
|
|
4291
|
|
|
4292 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
4293 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
4294 }
|
|
|
4295
|
|
|
4296 /*
|
|
|
4297 * Clear the whole text window.
|
|
|
4298 */
|
|
|
4299 void
|
|
593
|
4300 gui_mch_clear_all(void)
|
|
7
|
4301 {
|
|
|
4302 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4303
|
|
|
4304 rc.left = 0;
|
|
|
4305 rc.top = 0;
|
|
|
4306 rc.right = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
4307 rc.bottom = Rows * gui.char_height + 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
4308
|
|
|
4309 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
4310 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4311 /* gui_mch_set_fg_color(gui.norm_pixel);
|
|
|
4312 FrameRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4313 */
|
|
|
4314 }
|
|
|
4315
|
|
|
4316 /*
|
|
|
4317 * Delete the given number of lines from the given row, scrolling up any
|
|
|
4318 * text further down within the scroll region.
|
|
|
4319 */
|
|
|
4320 void
|
|
593
|
4321 gui_mch_delete_lines(int row, int num_lines)
|
|
7
|
4322 {
|
|
|
4323 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4324
|
|
|
4325 /* changed without checking! */
|
|
|
4326 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left);
|
|
|
4327 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1);
|
|
|
4328 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
4329 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1);
|
|
|
4330
|
|
|
4331 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
4332 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, -num_lines * gui.char_height, (RgnHandle) nil);
|
|
7
|
4333
|
|
|
4334 gui_clear_block(gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines + 1,
|
|
|
4335 gui.scroll_region_left,
|
|
|
4336 gui.scroll_region_bot, gui.scroll_region_right);
|
|
|
4337 }
|
|
|
4338
|
|
|
4339 /*
|
|
|
4340 * Insert the given number of lines before the given row, scrolling down any
|
|
|
4341 * following text within the scroll region.
|
|
|
4342 */
|
|
|
4343 void
|
|
593
|
4344 gui_mch_insert_lines(int row, int num_lines)
|
|
7
|
4345 {
|
|
|
4346 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4347
|
|
|
4348 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left);
|
|
|
4349 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1);
|
|
|
4350 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
4351 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1);
|
|
|
4352
|
|
|
4353 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
4354
|
|
9
|
4355 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, gui.char_height * num_lines, (RgnHandle) nil);
|
|
7
|
4356
|
|
|
4357 /* Update gui.cursor_row if the cursor scrolled or copied over */
|
|
|
4358 if (gui.cursor_row >= gui.row
|
|
|
4359 && gui.cursor_col >= gui.scroll_region_left
|
|
|
4360 && gui.cursor_col <= gui.scroll_region_right)
|
|
|
4361 {
|
|
|
4362 if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines)
|
|
|
4363 gui.cursor_row += num_lines;
|
|
|
4364 else if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot)
|
|
|
4365 gui.cursor_is_valid = FALSE;
|
|
|
4366 }
|
|
|
4367
|
|
|
4368 gui_clear_block(row, gui.scroll_region_left,
|
|
|
4369 row + num_lines - 1, gui.scroll_region_right);
|
|
|
4370 }
|
|
|
4371
|
|
|
4372 /*
|
|
|
4373 * TODO: add a vim format to the clipboard which remember
|
|
|
4374 * LINEWISE, CHARWISE, BLOCKWISE
|
|
|
4375 */
|
|
|
4376
|
|
|
4377 void
|
|
593
|
4378 clip_mch_request_selection(VimClipboard *cbd)
|
|
7
|
4379 {
|
|
|
4380
|
|
|
4381 Handle textOfClip;
|
|
19
|
4382 int flavor = 0;
|
|
7
|
4383 Size scrapSize;
|
|
|
4384 ScrapFlavorFlags scrapFlags;
|
|
|
4385 ScrapRef scrap = nil;
|
|
|
4386 OSStatus error;
|
|
|
4387 int type;
|
|
|
4388 char *searchCR;
|
|
|
4389 char_u *tempclip;
|
|
|
4390
|
|
|
4391
|
|
9
|
4392 error = GetCurrentScrap(&scrap);
|
|
7
|
4393 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4394 return;
|
|
|
4395
|
|
9
|
4396 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapFlags);
|
|
|
4397 if (error == noErr)
|
|
|
4398 {
|
|
|
4399 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapSize);
|
|
|
4400 if (error == noErr && scrapSize > 1)
|
|
|
4401 flavor = 1;
|
|
|
4402 }
|
|
|
4403
|
|
|
4404 if (flavor == 0)
|
|
|
4405 {
|
|
168
|
4406 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, kScrapFlavorTypeUnicode, &scrapFlags);
|
|
9
|
4407 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4408 return;
|
|
|
4409
|
|
168
|
4410 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, kScrapFlavorTypeUnicode, &scrapSize);
|
|
9
|
4411 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4412 return;
|
|
|
4413 }
|
|
|
4414
|
|
|
4415 ReserveMem(scrapSize);
|
|
593
|
4416
|
|
7
|
4417 {
|
|
|
4418 /* In CARBON we don't need a Handle, a pointer is good */
|
|
9
|
4419 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize);
|
|
7
|
4420 /* tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize+1, TRUE); */
|
|
9
|
4421 HLock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4422 error = GetScrapFlavorData(scrap,
|
|
168
|
4423 flavor ? VIMSCRAPFLAVOR : kScrapFlavorTypeUnicode,
|
|
9
|
4424 &scrapSize, *textOfClip);
|
|
19
|
4425 scrapSize -= flavor;
|
|
7
|
4426
|
|
9
|
4427 if (flavor)
|
|
|
4428 type = **textOfClip;
|
|
|
4429 else
|
|
|
4430 type = (strchr(*textOfClip, '\r') != NULL) ? MLINE : MCHAR;
|
|
7
|
4431
|
|
19
|
4432 tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize + 1, TRUE);
|
|
593
|
4433 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4434 mch_memmove(tempclip, *textOfClip + flavor, scrapSize);
|
|
|
4435 #else
|
|
19
|
4436 STRNCPY(tempclip, *textOfClip + flavor, scrapSize);
|
|
168
|
4437 #endif
|
|
19
|
4438 tempclip[scrapSize] = 0;
|
|
7
|
4439
|
|
593
|
4440 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4441 /* Convert from utf-16 (clipboard) */
|
|
|
4442 size_t encLen = 0;
|
|
|
4443 char_u *to = mac_utf16_to_enc((UniChar *)tempclip, scrapSize, &encLen);
|
|
|
4444 if (to)
|
|
7
|
4445 {
|
|
168
|
4446 scrapSize = encLen;
|
|
|
4447 vim_free(tempclip);
|
|
|
4448 tempclip = to;
|
|
7
|
4449 }
|
|
|
4450 #endif
|
|
502
|
4451
|
|
|
4452 searchCR = (char *)tempclip;
|
|
|
4453 while (searchCR != NULL)
|
|
|
4454 {
|
|
|
4455 searchCR = strchr(searchCR, '\r');
|
|
|
4456
|
|
|
4457 if (searchCR != NULL)
|
|
|
4458 searchCR[0] = '\n';
|
|
|
4459
|
|
|
4460 }
|
|
|
4461
|
|
7
|
4462 clip_yank_selection(type, tempclip, scrapSize, cbd);
|
|
|
4463
|
|
|
4464 vim_free(tempclip);
|
|
|
4465 HUnlock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4466
|
|
|
4467 DisposeHandle(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4468 }
|
|
|
4469 }
|
|
|
4470
|
|
|
4471 void
|
|
593
|
4472 clip_mch_lose_selection(VimClipboard *cbd)
|
|
7
|
4473 {
|
|
|
4474 /*
|
|
|
4475 * TODO: Really nothing to do?
|
|
|
4476 */
|
|
|
4477 }
|
|
|
4478
|
|
|
4479 int
|
|
593
|
4480 clip_mch_own_selection(VimClipboard *cbd)
|
|
7
|
4481 {
|
|
|
4482 return OK;
|
|
|
4483 }
|
|
|
4484
|
|
|
4485 /*
|
|
|
4486 * Send the current selection to the clipboard.
|
|
|
4487 */
|
|
|
4488 void
|
|
593
|
4489 clip_mch_set_selection(VimClipboard *cbd)
|
|
7
|
4490 {
|
|
|
4491 Handle textOfClip;
|
|
|
4492 long scrapSize;
|
|
|
4493 int type;
|
|
|
4494 ScrapRef scrap;
|
|
|
4495
|
|
|
4496 char_u *str = NULL;
|
|
|
4497
|
|
|
4498 if (!cbd->owned)
|
|
|
4499 return;
|
|
|
4500
|
|
|
4501 clip_get_selection(cbd);
|
|
|
4502
|
|
|
4503 /*
|
|
|
4504 * Once we set the clipboard, lose ownership. If another application sets
|
|
|
4505 * the clipboard, we don't want to think that we still own it.
|
|
|
4506 *
|
|
|
4507 */
|
|
|
4508
|
|
|
4509 cbd->owned = FALSE;
|
|
|
4510
|
|
|
4511 type = clip_convert_selection(&str, (long_u *) &scrapSize, cbd);
|
|
|
4512
|
|
593
|
4513 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4514 size_t utf16_len = 0;
|
|
|
4515 UniChar *to = mac_enc_to_utf16(str, scrapSize, &utf16_len);
|
|
|
4516 if (to)
|
|
7
|
4517 {
|
|
168
|
4518 scrapSize = utf16_len;
|
|
|
4519 vim_free(str);
|
|
|
4520 str = (char_u *)to;
|
|
7
|
4521 }
|
|
|
4522 #endif
|
|
|
4523
|
|
|
4524 if (type >= 0)
|
|
|
4525 {
|
|
|
4526 ClearCurrentScrap();
|
|
593
|
4527
|
|
9
|
4528 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize + 1);
|
|
7
|
4529 HLock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4530
|
|
9
|
4531 **textOfClip = type;
|
|
168
|
4532 mch_memmove(*textOfClip + 1, str, scrapSize);
|
|
9
|
4533 GetCurrentScrap(&scrap);
|
|
168
|
4534 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, kScrapFlavorTypeUnicode, kScrapFlavorMaskNone,
|
|
9
|
4535 scrapSize, *textOfClip + 1);
|
|
|
4536 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, kScrapFlavorMaskNone,
|
|
|
4537 scrapSize + 1, *textOfClip);
|
|
7
|
4538 HUnlock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4539 DisposeHandle(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4540 }
|
|
|
4541
|
|
|
4542 vim_free(str);
|
|
|
4543 }
|
|
|
4544
|
|
|
4545 void
|
|
593
|
4546 gui_mch_set_text_area_pos(int x, int y, int w, int h)
|
|
7
|
4547 {
|
|
|
4548 Rect VimBound;
|
|
|
4549
|
|
9
|
4550 /* HideWindow(gui.VimWindow); */
|
|
7
|
4551 GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound);
|
|
|
4552
|
|
|
4553 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
4554 {
|
|
|
4555 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width + 1;
|
|
|
4556 }
|
|
|
4557 else
|
|
|
4558 {
|
|
|
4559 VimBound.left = 0;
|
|
|
4560 }
|
|
|
4561
|
|
|
4562 SetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound);
|
|
|
4563
|
|
9
|
4564 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
4565 }
|
|
|
4566
|
|
|
4567 /*
|
|
|
4568 * Menu stuff.
|
|
|
4569 */
|
|
|
4570
|
|
|
4571 void
|
|
593
|
4572 gui_mch_enable_menu(int flag)
|
|
7
|
4573 {
|
|
|
4574 /*
|
|
444
|
4575 * Menu is always active.
|
|
7
|
4576 */
|
|
|
4577 }
|
|
|
4578
|
|
|
4579 void
|
|
593
|
4580 gui_mch_set_menu_pos(int x, int y, int w, int h)
|
|
7
|
4581 {
|
|
|
4582 /*
|
|
444
|
4583 * The menu is always at the top of the screen.
|
|
7
|
4584 */
|
|
|
4585 }
|
|
|
4586
|
|
|
4587 /*
|
|
|
4588 * Add a sub menu to the menu bar.
|
|
|
4589 */
|
|
|
4590 void
|
|
593
|
4591 gui_mch_add_menu(vimmenu_T *menu, int idx)
|
|
7
|
4592 {
|
|
|
4593 /*
|
|
|
4594 * TODO: Try to use only menu_id instead of both menu_id and menu_handle.
|
|
|
4595 * TODO: use menu->mnemonic and menu->actext
|
|
|
4596 * TODO: Try to reuse menu id
|
|
|
4597 * Carbon Help suggest to use only id between 1 and 235
|
|
|
4598 */
|
|
|
4599 static long next_avail_id = 128;
|
|
|
4600 long menu_after_me = 0; /* Default to the end */
|
|
593
|
4601 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4602 CFStringRef name;
|
|
|
4603 #else
|
|
7
|
4604 char_u *name;
|
|
168
|
4605 #endif
|
|
7
|
4606 short index;
|
|
|
4607 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent;
|
|
|
4608 vimmenu_T *brother = menu->next;
|
|
|
4609
|
|
|
4610 /* Cannot add a menu if ... */
|
|
|
4611 if ((parent != NULL && parent->submenu_id == 0))
|
|
|
4612 return;
|
|
|
4613
|
|
|
4614 /* menu ID greater than 1024 are reserved for ??? */
|
|
|
4615 if (next_avail_id == 1024)
|
|
|
4616 return;
|
|
|
4617
|
|
|
4618 /* My brother could be the PopUp, find my real brother */
|
|
|
4619 while ((brother != NULL) && (!menu_is_menubar(brother->name)))
|
|
|
4620 brother = brother->next;
|
|
|
4621
|
|
|
4622 /* Find where to insert the menu (for MenuBar) */
|
|
|
4623 if ((parent == NULL) && (brother != NULL))
|
|
|
4624 menu_after_me = brother->submenu_id;
|
|
|
4625
|
|
|
4626 /* If the menu is not part of the menubar (and its submenus), add it 'nowhere' */
|
|
|
4627 if (!menu_is_menubar(menu->name))
|
|
|
4628 menu_after_me = hierMenu;
|
|
|
4629
|
|
|
4630 /* Convert the name */
|
|
593
|
4631 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4632 name = menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu);
|
|
|
4633 #else
|
|
7
|
4634 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname);
|
|
168
|
4635 #endif
|
|
7
|
4636 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
4637 return;
|
|
|
4638
|
|
|
4639 /* Create the menu unless it's the help menu */
|
|
|
4640 {
|
|
|
4641 /* Carbon suggest use of
|
|
9
|
4642 * OSStatus CreateNewMenu(MenuID, MenuAttributes, MenuRef *);
|
|
|
4643 * OSStatus SetMenuTitle(MenuRef, ConstStr255Param title);
|
|
7
|
4644 */
|
|
|
4645 menu->submenu_id = next_avail_id;
|
|
593
|
4646 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4647 if (CreateNewMenu(menu->submenu_id, 0, (MenuRef *)&menu->submenu_handle) == noErr)
|
|
|
4648 SetMenuTitleWithCFString((MenuRef)menu->submenu_handle, name);
|
|
|
4649 #else
|
|
9
|
4650 menu->submenu_handle = NewMenu(menu->submenu_id, name);
|
|
168
|
4651 #endif
|
|
7
|
4652 next_avail_id++;
|
|
|
4653 }
|
|
|
4654
|
|
|
4655 if (parent == NULL)
|
|
|
4656 {
|
|
|
4657 /* Adding a menu to the menubar, or in the no mans land (for PopUp) */
|
|
|
4658
|
|
|
4659 /* TODO: Verify if we could only Insert Menu if really part of the
|
|
|
4660 * menubar The Inserted menu are scanned or the Command-key combos
|
|
|
4661 */
|
|
|
4662
|
|
593
|
4663 /* Insert the menu */
|
|
|
4664 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, menu_after_me); /* insert before */
|
|
7
|
4665 #if 1
|
|
|
4666 /* Vim should normally update it. TODO: verify */
|
|
|
4667 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4668 #endif
|
|
|
4669 }
|
|
|
4670 else
|
|
|
4671 {
|
|
|
4672 /* Adding as a submenu */
|
|
|
4673
|
|
9
|
4674 index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
4675
|
|
|
4676 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText
|
|
|
4677 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem
|
|
|
4678 */
|
|
|
4679 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */
|
|
593
|
4680 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4681 SetMenuItemTextWithCFString(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
|
4682 #else
|
|
7
|
4683 SetMenuItemText(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
168
|
4684 #endif
|
|
7
|
4685 SetItemCmd(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, 0x1B);
|
|
|
4686 SetItemMark(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
4687 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, hierMenu);
|
|
|
4688 }
|
|
|
4689
|
|
593
|
4690 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4691 CFRelease(name);
|
|
|
4692 #else
|
|
9
|
4693 vim_free(name);
|
|
168
|
4694 #endif
|
|
7
|
4695
|
|
|
4696 #if 0
|
|
|
4697 /* Done by Vim later on */
|
|
|
4698 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4699 #endif
|
|
|
4700 }
|
|
|
4701
|
|
|
4702 /*
|
|
|
4703 * Add a menu item to a menu
|
|
|
4704 */
|
|
|
4705 void
|
|
593
|
4706 gui_mch_add_menu_item(vimmenu_T *menu, int idx)
|
|
7
|
4707 {
|
|
593
|
4708 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4709 CFStringRef name;
|
|
|
4710 #else
|
|
7
|
4711 char_u *name;
|
|
168
|
4712 #endif
|
|
7
|
4713 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent;
|
|
|
4714 int menu_inserted;
|
|
|
4715
|
|
|
4716 /* Cannot add item, if the menu have not been created */
|
|
|
4717 if (parent->submenu_id == 0)
|
|
|
4718 return;
|
|
|
4719
|
|
|
4720 /* Could call SetMenuRefCon [CARBON] to associate with the Menu,
|
|
|
4721 for older OS call GetMenuItemData (menu, item, isCommandID?, data) */
|
|
|
4722
|
|
|
4723 /* Convert the name */
|
|
593
|
4724 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4725 name = menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu);
|
|
|
4726 #else
|
|
7
|
4727 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname);
|
|
168
|
4728 #endif
|
|
7
|
4729
|
|
|
4730 /* Where are just a menu item, so no handle, no id */
|
|
|
4731 menu->submenu_id = 0;
|
|
|
4732 menu->submenu_handle = NULL;
|
|
|
4733
|
|
|
4734 menu_inserted = 0;
|
|
|
4735 if (menu->actext)
|
|
|
4736 {
|
|
|
4737 /* If the accelerator text for the menu item looks like it describes
|
|
|
4738 * a command key (e.g., "<D-S-t>" or "<C-7>"), display it as the
|
|
|
4739 * item's command equivalent.
|
|
|
4740 */
|
|
|
4741 int key = 0;
|
|
|
4742 int modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
4743 char_u *p_actext;
|
|
|
4744
|
|
|
4745 p_actext = menu->actext;
|
|
|
4746 key = find_special_key(&p_actext, &modifiers, /*keycode=*/0);
|
|
|
4747 if (*p_actext != 0)
|
|
|
4748 key = 0; /* error: trailing text */
|
|
|
4749 /* find_special_key() returns a keycode with as many of the
|
|
|
4750 * specified modifiers as appropriate already applied (e.g., for
|
|
|
4751 * "<D-C-x>" it returns Ctrl-X as the keycode and MOD_MASK_CMD
|
|
|
4752 * as the only modifier). Since we want to display all of the
|
|
|
4753 * modifiers, we need to convert the keycode back to a printable
|
|
|
4754 * character plus modifiers.
|
|
|
4755 * TODO: Write an alternative find_special_key() that doesn't
|
|
|
4756 * apply modifiers.
|
|
|
4757 */
|
|
|
4758 if (key > 0 && key < 32)
|
|
|
4759 {
|
|
|
4760 /* Convert a control key to an uppercase letter. Note that
|
|
|
4761 * by this point it is no longer possible to distinguish
|
|
|
4762 * between, e.g., Ctrl-S and Ctrl-Shift-S.
|
|
|
4763 */
|
|
|
4764 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
4765 key += '@';
|
|
|
4766 }
|
|
|
4767 /* If the keycode is an uppercase letter, set the Shift modifier.
|
|
|
4768 * If it is a lowercase letter, don't set the modifier, but convert
|
|
|
4769 * the letter to uppercase for display in the menu.
|
|
|
4770 */
|
|
|
4771 else if (key >= 'A' && key <= 'Z')
|
|
|
4772 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
4773 else if (key >= 'a' && key <= 'z')
|
|
|
4774 key += 'A' - 'a';
|
|
|
4775 /* Note: keycodes below 0x22 are reserved by Apple. */
|
|
|
4776 if (key >= 0x22 && vim_isprintc_strict(key))
|
|
|
4777 {
|
|
|
4778 int valid = 1;
|
|
|
4779 char_u mac_mods = kMenuNoModifiers;
|
|
|
4780 /* Convert Vim modifier codes to Menu Manager equivalents. */
|
|
|
4781 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
4782 mac_mods |= kMenuShiftModifier;
|
|
|
4783 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
4784 mac_mods |= kMenuControlModifier;
|
|
|
4785 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD))
|
|
|
4786 mac_mods |= kMenuNoCommandModifier;
|
|
|
4787 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT || modifiers & MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK)
|
|
|
4788 valid = 0; /* TODO: will Alt someday map to Option? */
|
|
|
4789 if (valid)
|
|
|
4790 {
|
|
|
4791 char_u item_txt[10];
|
|
|
4792 /* Insert the menu item after idx, with its command key. */
|
|
|
4793 item_txt[0] = 3; item_txt[1] = ' '; item_txt[2] = '/';
|
|
|
4794 item_txt[3] = key;
|
|
|
4795 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, item_txt, idx);
|
|
|
4796 /* Set the modifier keys. */
|
|
|
4797 SetMenuItemModifiers(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, mac_mods);
|
|
|
4798 menu_inserted = 1;
|
|
|
4799 }
|
|
|
4800 }
|
|
|
4801 }
|
|
|
4802 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText
|
|
|
4803 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem
|
|
|
4804 */
|
|
|
4805 if (!menu_inserted)
|
|
|
4806 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */
|
|
|
4807 /* Set the menu item name. */
|
|
593
|
4808 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4809 SetMenuItemTextWithCFString(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
|
4810 #else
|
|
7
|
4811 SetMenuItemText(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
168
|
4812 #endif
|
|
7
|
4813
|
|
|
4814 #if 0
|
|
|
4815 /* Called by Vim */
|
|
|
4816 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4817 #endif
|
|
|
4818
|
|
593
|
4819 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4820 CFRelease(name);
|
|
|
4821 #else
|
|
7
|
4822 /* TODO: Can name be freed? */
|
|
|
4823 vim_free(name);
|
|
168
|
4824 #endif
|
|
7
|
4825 }
|
|
|
4826
|
|
|
4827 void
|
|
593
|
4828 gui_mch_toggle_tearoffs(int enable)
|
|
7
|
4829 {
|
|
|
4830 /* no tearoff menus */
|
|
|
4831 }
|
|
|
4832
|
|
|
4833 /*
|
|
|
4834 * Destroy the machine specific menu widget.
|
|
|
4835 */
|
|
|
4836 void
|
|
593
|
4837 gui_mch_destroy_menu(vimmenu_T *menu)
|
|
7
|
4838 {
|
|
9
|
4839 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
4840
|
|
|
4841 if (index > 0)
|
|
|
4842 {
|
|
|
4843 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
4844 {
|
|
|
4845 {
|
|
|
4846 /* For now just don't delete help menu items. (Huh? Dany) */
|
|
9
|
4847 DeleteMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
7
|
4848
|
|
|
4849 /* Delete the Menu if it was a hierarchical Menu */
|
|
|
4850 if (menu->submenu_id != 0)
|
|
|
4851 {
|
|
9
|
4852 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
4853 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle);
|
|
7
|
4854 }
|
|
|
4855 }
|
|
|
4856 }
|
|
|
4857 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_MENU
|
|
|
4858 else
|
|
|
4859 {
|
|
9
|
4860 printf("gmdm 2\n");
|
|
7
|
4861 }
|
|
|
4862 #endif
|
|
|
4863 }
|
|
|
4864 else
|
|
|
4865 {
|
|
|
4866 {
|
|
9
|
4867 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
4868 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle);
|
|
7
|
4869 }
|
|
|
4870 }
|
|
|
4871 /* Shouldn't this be already done by Vim. TODO: Check */
|
|
|
4872 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4873 }
|
|
|
4874
|
|
|
4875 /*
|
|
|
4876 * Make a menu either grey or not grey.
|
|
|
4877 */
|
|
|
4878 void
|
|
593
|
4879 gui_mch_menu_grey(vimmenu_T *menu, int grey)
|
|
7
|
4880 {
|
|
|
4881 /* TODO: Check if menu really exists */
|
|
9
|
4882 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
4883 /*
|
|
|
4884 index = menu->index;
|
|
|
4885 */
|
|
|
4886 if (grey)
|
|
|
4887 {
|
|
|
4888 if (menu->children)
|
|
|
4889 DisableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
4890 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
4891 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle)
|
|
|
4892 DisableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
4893 }
|
|
|
4894 else
|
|
|
4895 {
|
|
|
4896 if (menu->children)
|
|
|
4897 EnableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
4898 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
4899 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle)
|
|
|
4900 EnableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
4901 }
|
|
|
4902 }
|
|
|
4903
|
|
|
4904 /*
|
|
|
4905 * Make menu item hidden or not hidden
|
|
|
4906 */
|
|
|
4907 void
|
|
593
|
4908 gui_mch_menu_hidden(vimmenu_T *menu, int hidden)
|
|
7
|
4909 {
|
|
|
4910 /* There's no hidden mode on MacOS */
|
|
9
|
4911 gui_mch_menu_grey(menu, hidden);
|
|
7
|
4912 }
|
|
|
4913
|
|
|
4914
|
|
|
4915 /*
|
|
|
4916 * This is called after setting all the menus to grey/hidden or not.
|
|
|
4917 */
|
|
|
4918 void
|
|
593
|
4919 gui_mch_draw_menubar(void)
|
|
7
|
4920 {
|
|
|
4921 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4922 }
|
|
|
4923
|
|
|
4924
|
|
|
4925 /*
|
|
|
4926 * Scrollbar stuff.
|
|
|
4927 */
|
|
|
4928
|
|
|
4929 void
|
|
593
|
4930 gui_mch_enable_scrollbar(
|
|
|
4931 scrollbar_T *sb,
|
|
|
4932 int flag)
|
|
7
|
4933 {
|
|
|
4934 if (flag)
|
|
|
4935 ShowControl(sb->id);
|
|
|
4936 else
|
|
|
4937 HideControl(sb->id);
|
|
|
4938
|
|
|
4939 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
4940 printf("enb_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, flag);
|
|
7
|
4941 #endif
|
|
|
4942 }
|
|
|
4943
|
|
|
4944 void
|
|
593
|
4945 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(
|
|
|
4946 scrollbar_T *sb,
|
|
|
4947 long val,
|
|
|
4948 long size,
|
|
|
4949 long max)
|
|
7
|
4950 {
|
|
|
4951 SetControl32BitMaximum (sb->id, max);
|
|
|
4952 SetControl32BitMinimum (sb->id, 0);
|
|
|
4953 SetControl32BitValue (sb->id, val);
|
|
|
4954 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
4955 printf("thumb_sb (%x) %x, %x,%x\n",sb->id, val, size, max);
|
|
7
|
4956 #endif
|
|
|
4957 }
|
|
|
4958
|
|
|
4959 void
|
|
593
|
4960 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_pos(
|
|
|
4961 scrollbar_T *sb,
|
|
|
4962 int x,
|
|
|
4963 int y,
|
|
|
4964 int w,
|
|
|
4965 int h)
|
|
7
|
4966 {
|
|
|
4967 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
4968 /* if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
4969 {
|
|
9
|
4970 MoveControl(sb->id, x-16, y);
|
|
|
4971 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h);
|
|
7
|
4972 }
|
|
|
4973 else
|
|
|
4974 {
|
|
9
|
4975 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y);
|
|
|
4976 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h);
|
|
7
|
4977 }*/
|
|
|
4978 if (sb == &gui.bottom_sbar)
|
|
|
4979 h += 1;
|
|
|
4980 else
|
|
|
4981 w += 1;
|
|
|
4982
|
|
|
4983 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
4984 x -= 15;
|
|
|
4985
|
|
9
|
4986 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y);
|
|
|
4987 SizeControl(sb->id, w, h);
|
|
7
|
4988 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
4989 printf("size_sb (%x) %x, %x, %x, %x\n",sb->id, x, y, w, h);
|
|
7
|
4990 #endif
|
|
|
4991 }
|
|
|
4992
|
|
|
4993 void
|
|
593
|
4994 gui_mch_create_scrollbar(
|
|
|
4995 scrollbar_T *sb,
|
|
|
4996 int orient) /* SBAR_VERT or SBAR_HORIZ */
|
|
7
|
4997 {
|
|
|
4998 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
4999
|
|
|
5000 bounds.top = -16;
|
|
|
5001 bounds.bottom = -10;
|
|
|
5002 bounds.right = -10;
|
|
|
5003 bounds.left = -16;
|
|
|
5004
|
|
9
|
5005 sb->id = NewControl(gui.VimWindow,
|
|
7
|
5006 &bounds,
|
|
|
5007 "\pScrollBar",
|
|
|
5008 TRUE,
|
|
|
5009 0, /* current*/
|
|
|
5010 0, /* top */
|
|
|
5011 0, /* bottom */
|
|
|
5012 kControlScrollBarLiveProc,
|
|
|
5013 (long) sb->ident);
|
|
|
5014 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
5015 printf("create_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, orient);
|
|
7
|
5016 #endif
|
|
|
5017 }
|
|
|
5018
|
|
|
5019 void
|
|
593
|
5020 gui_mch_destroy_scrollbar(scrollbar_T *sb)
|
|
7
|
5021 {
|
|
|
5022 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
5023 DisposeControl(sb->id);
|
|
7
|
5024 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
5025 printf("dest_sb (%x) \n",sb->id);
|
|
7
|
5026 #endif
|
|
|
5027 }
|
|
|
5028
|
|
|
5029
|
|
|
5030 /*
|
|
|
5031 * Cursor blink functions.
|
|
|
5032 *
|
|
|
5033 * This is a simple state machine:
|
|
|
5034 * BLINK_NONE not blinking at all
|
|
|
5035 * BLINK_OFF blinking, cursor is not shown
|
|
|
5036 * BLINK_ON blinking, cursor is shown
|
|
|
5037 */
|
|
|
5038 void
|
|
|
5039 gui_mch_set_blinking(long wait, long on, long off)
|
|
|
5040 {
|
|
|
5041 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
5042 /* blink_waittime = wait;
|
|
|
5043 blink_ontime = on;
|
|
|
5044 blink_offtime = off;*/
|
|
|
5045 }
|
|
|
5046
|
|
|
5047 /*
|
|
|
5048 * Stop the cursor blinking. Show the cursor if it wasn't shown.
|
|
|
5049 */
|
|
|
5050 void
|
|
593
|
5051 gui_mch_stop_blink(void)
|
|
7
|
5052 {
|
|
|
5053 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5054 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
5055 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer();
|
|
|
5056 if (blink_state == BLINK_OFF)
|
|
|
5057 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5058 blink_state = BLINK_NONE;*/
|
|
|
5059 }
|
|
|
5060
|
|
|
5061 /*
|
|
|
5062 * Start the cursor blinking. If it was already blinking, this restarts the
|
|
|
5063 * waiting time and shows the cursor.
|
|
|
5064 */
|
|
|
5065 void
|
|
593
|
5066 gui_mch_start_blink(void)
|
|
7
|
5067 {
|
|
|
5068 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5069 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
5070 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer(); */
|
|
|
5071
|
|
|
5072 /* Only switch blinking on if none of the times is zero */
|
|
|
5073 /* if (blink_waittime && blink_ontime && blink_offtime)
|
|
|
5074 {
|
|
|
5075 blink_timer = SetTimer(NULL, 0, (UINT)blink_waittime,
|
|
|
5076 (TIMERPROC)_OnBlinkTimer);
|
|
|
5077 blink_state = BLINK_ON;
|
|
|
5078 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5079 }*/
|
|
|
5080 }
|
|
|
5081
|
|
|
5082 /*
|
|
|
5083 * Return the RGB value of a pixel as long.
|
|
|
5084 */
|
|
|
5085 long_u
|
|
|
5086 gui_mch_get_rgb(guicolor_T pixel)
|
|
|
5087 {
|
|
|
5088 return (Red(pixel) << 16) + (Green(pixel) << 8) + Blue(pixel);
|
|
|
5089 }
|
|
|
5090
|
|
|
5091
|
|
|
5092
|
|
|
5093 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
|
|
|
5094 /*
|
|
|
5095 * Pop open a file browser and return the file selected, in allocated memory,
|
|
|
5096 * or NULL if Cancel is hit.
|
|
|
5097 * saving - TRUE if the file will be saved to, FALSE if it will be opened.
|
|
|
5098 * title - Title message for the file browser dialog.
|
|
|
5099 * dflt - Default name of file.
|
|
|
5100 * ext - Default extension to be added to files without extensions.
|
|
|
5101 * initdir - directory in which to open the browser (NULL = current dir)
|
|
|
5102 * filter - Filter for matched files to choose from.
|
|
|
5103 * Has a format like this:
|
|
|
5104 * "C Files (*.c)\0*.c\0"
|
|
|
5105 * "All Files\0*.*\0\0"
|
|
|
5106 * If these two strings were concatenated, then a choice of two file
|
|
|
5107 * filters will be selectable to the user. Then only matching files will
|
|
|
5108 * be shown in the browser. If NULL, the default allows all files.
|
|
|
5109 *
|
|
|
5110 * *NOTE* - the filter string must be terminated with TWO nulls.
|
|
|
5111 */
|
|
|
5112 char_u *
|
|
|
5113 gui_mch_browse(
|
|
|
5114 int saving,
|
|
|
5115 char_u *title,
|
|
|
5116 char_u *dflt,
|
|
|
5117 char_u *ext,
|
|
|
5118 char_u *initdir,
|
|
|
5119 char_u *filter)
|
|
|
5120 {
|
|
|
5121 /* TODO: Add Ammon's safety checl (Dany) */
|
|
|
5122 NavReplyRecord reply;
|
|
|
5123 char_u *fname = NULL;
|
|
|
5124 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
5125 long numFiles;
|
|
|
5126 NavDialogOptions navOptions;
|
|
|
5127 OSErr error;
|
|
|
5128
|
|
|
5129 /* Get Navigation Service Defaults value */
|
|
9
|
5130 NavGetDefaultDialogOptions(&navOptions);
|
|
7
|
5131
|
|
|
5132
|
|
|
5133 /* TODO: If we get a :browse args, set the Multiple bit. */
|
|
|
5134 navOptions.dialogOptionFlags = kNavAllowInvisibleFiles
|
|
|
5135 | kNavDontAutoTranslate
|
|
|
5136 | kNavDontAddTranslateItems
|
|
|
5137 /* | kNavAllowMultipleFiles */
|
|
|
5138 | kNavAllowStationery;
|
|
|
5139
|
|
9
|
5140 (void) C2PascalString(title, &navOptions.message);
|
|
|
5141 (void) C2PascalString(dflt, &navOptions.savedFileName);
|
|
7
|
5142 /* Could set clientName?
|
|
|
5143 * windowTitle? (there's no title bar?)
|
|
|
5144 */
|
|
|
5145
|
|
|
5146 if (saving)
|
|
|
5147 {
|
|
|
5148 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */
|
|
9
|
5149 NavPutFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, 'TEXT', 'VIM!', NULL);
|
|
7
|
5150 if (!reply.validRecord)
|
|
|
5151 return NULL;
|
|
|
5152 }
|
|
|
5153 else
|
|
|
5154 {
|
|
|
5155 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */
|
|
|
5156 NavGetFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5157 if (!reply.validRecord)
|
|
|
5158 return NULL;
|
|
|
5159 }
|
|
|
5160
|
|
|
5161 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&reply.selection, &numFiles, &error);
|
|
|
5162
|
|
9
|
5163 NavDisposeReply(&reply);
|
|
7
|
5164
|
|
|
5165 if (fnames)
|
|
|
5166 {
|
|
|
5167 fname = fnames[0];
|
|
|
5168 vim_free(fnames);
|
|
|
5169 }
|
|
|
5170
|
|
|
5171 /* TODO: Shorten the file name if possible */
|
|
|
5172 return fname;
|
|
|
5173 }
|
|
|
5174 #endif /* FEAT_BROWSE */
|
|
|
5175
|
|
|
5176 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_DIALOG
|
|
|
5177 /*
|
|
|
5178 * Stuff for dialogues
|
|
|
5179 */
|
|
|
5180
|
|
|
5181 /*
|
|
|
5182 * Create a dialogue dynamically from the parameter strings.
|
|
|
5183 * type = type of dialogue (question, alert, etc.)
|
|
|
5184 * title = dialogue title. may be NULL for default title.
|
|
|
5185 * message = text to display. Dialogue sizes to accommodate it.
|
|
|
5186 * buttons = '\n' separated list of button captions, default first.
|
|
|
5187 * dfltbutton = number of default button.
|
|
|
5188 *
|
|
|
5189 * This routine returns 1 if the first button is pressed,
|
|
|
5190 * 2 for the second, etc.
|
|
|
5191 *
|
|
|
5192 * 0 indicates Esc was pressed.
|
|
|
5193 * -1 for unexpected error
|
|
|
5194 *
|
|
|
5195 * If stubbing out this fn, return 1.
|
|
|
5196 */
|
|
|
5197
|
|
|
5198 typedef struct
|
|
|
5199 {
|
|
|
5200 short idx;
|
|
|
5201 short width; /* Size of the text in pixel */
|
|
|
5202 Rect box;
|
|
|
5203 } vgmDlgItm; /* Vim Gui_Mac.c Dialog Item */
|
|
|
5204
|
|
|
5205 #define MoveRectTo(r,x,y) OffsetRect(r,x-r->left,y-r->top)
|
|
|
5206
|
|
|
5207 static void
|
|
|
5208 macMoveDialogItem(
|
|
|
5209 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5210 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
5211 short X,
|
|
|
5212 short Y,
|
|
|
5213 Rect *inBox)
|
|
|
5214 {
|
|
|
5215 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */
|
|
|
5216 /* Untested */
|
|
9
|
5217 MoveDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, X, Y);
|
|
7
|
5218 if (inBox != nil)
|
|
9
|
5219 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, inBox);
|
|
7
|
5220 #else
|
|
|
5221 short itemType;
|
|
|
5222 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5223 Rect localBox;
|
|
|
5224 Rect *itemBox = &localBox;
|
|
|
5225
|
|
|
5226 if (inBox != nil)
|
|
|
5227 itemBox = inBox;
|
|
|
5228
|
|
9
|
5229 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, itemBox);
|
|
|
5230 OffsetRect(itemBox, -itemBox->left, -itemBox->top);
|
|
|
5231 OffsetRect(itemBox, X, Y);
|
|
7
|
5232 /* To move a control (like a button) we need to call both
|
|
|
5233 * MoveControl and SetDialogItem. FAQ 6-18 */
|
|
|
5234 if (1) /*(itemType & kControlDialogItem) */
|
|
9
|
5235 MoveControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, X, Y);
|
|
|
5236 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5237 #endif
|
|
|
5238 }
|
|
|
5239
|
|
|
5240 static void
|
|
|
5241 macSizeDialogItem(
|
|
|
5242 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5243 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
5244 short width,
|
|
|
5245 short height)
|
|
|
5246 {
|
|
|
5247 short itemType;
|
|
|
5248 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5249 Rect itemBox;
|
|
|
5250
|
|
9
|
5251 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5252
|
|
|
5253 /* When width or height is zero do not change it */
|
|
|
5254 if (width == 0)
|
|
|
5255 width = itemBox.right - itemBox.left;
|
|
|
5256 if (height == 0)
|
|
|
5257 height = itemBox.bottom - itemBox.top;
|
|
|
5258
|
|
|
5259 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */
|
|
9
|
5260 SizeDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, width, height); /* Untested */
|
|
7
|
5261 #else
|
|
|
5262 /* Resize the bounding box */
|
|
|
5263 itemBox.right = itemBox.left + width;
|
|
|
5264 itemBox.bottom = itemBox.top + height;
|
|
|
5265
|
|
|
5266 /* To resize a control (like a button) we need to call both
|
|
|
5267 * SizeControl and SetDialogItem. (deducted from FAQ 6-18) */
|
|
|
5268 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem)
|
|
9
|
5269 SizeControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, width, height);
|
|
7
|
5270
|
|
|
5271 /* Configure back the item */
|
|
9
|
5272 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5273 #endif
|
|
|
5274 }
|
|
|
5275
|
|
|
5276 static void
|
|
|
5277 macSetDialogItemText(
|
|
|
5278 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5279 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
5280 Str255 itemName)
|
|
|
5281 {
|
|
|
5282 short itemType;
|
|
|
5283 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5284 Rect itemBox;
|
|
|
5285
|
|
9
|
5286 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5287
|
|
|
5288 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem)
|
|
9
|
5289 SetControlTitle((ControlRef) itemHandle, itemName);
|
|
7
|
5290 else
|
|
9
|
5291 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, itemName);
|
|
7
|
5292 }
|
|
|
5293
|
|
593
|
5294 /* TODO: There have been some crashes with dialogs, check your inbox
|
|
|
5295 * (Jussi)
|
|
|
5296 */
|
|
7
|
5297 int
|
|
|
5298 gui_mch_dialog(
|
|
|
5299 int type,
|
|
|
5300 char_u *title,
|
|
|
5301 char_u *message,
|
|
|
5302 char_u *buttons,
|
|
|
5303 int dfltbutton,
|
|
|
5304 char_u *textfield)
|
|
|
5305 {
|
|
|
5306 Handle buttonDITL;
|
|
|
5307 Handle iconDITL;
|
|
|
5308 Handle inputDITL;
|
|
|
5309 Handle messageDITL;
|
|
|
5310 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5311 Handle iconHandle;
|
|
|
5312 DialogPtr theDialog;
|
|
|
5313 char_u len;
|
|
|
5314 char_u PascalTitle[256]; /* place holder for the title */
|
|
|
5315 char_u name[256];
|
|
|
5316 GrafPtr oldPort;
|
|
|
5317 short itemHit;
|
|
|
5318 char_u *buttonChar;
|
|
|
5319 Rect box;
|
|
|
5320 short button;
|
|
|
5321 short lastButton;
|
|
|
5322 short itemType;
|
|
|
5323 short useIcon;
|
|
|
5324 short width;
|
|
|
5325 short totalButtonWidth = 0; /* the width of all button together incuding spacing */
|
|
|
5326 short widestButton = 0;
|
|
|
5327 short dfltButtonEdge = 20; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5328 short dfltElementSpacing = 13; /* from IM:V.2-29 */
|
|
|
5329 short dfltIconSideSpace = 23; /* from IM:V.2-29 */
|
|
|
5330 short maximumWidth = 400; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5331 short maxButtonWidth = 175; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5332
|
|
|
5333 short vertical;
|
|
|
5334 short dialogHeight;
|
|
|
5335 short messageLines = 3;
|
|
|
5336 FontInfo textFontInfo;
|
|
|
5337
|
|
|
5338 vgmDlgItm iconItm;
|
|
|
5339 vgmDlgItm messageItm;
|
|
|
5340 vgmDlgItm inputItm;
|
|
|
5341 vgmDlgItm buttonItm;
|
|
|
5342
|
|
|
5343 WindowRef theWindow;
|
|
|
5344
|
|
|
5345 /* Check 'v' flag in 'guioptions': vertical button placement. */
|
|
|
5346 vertical = (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_VERTICAL) != NULL);
|
|
|
5347
|
|
|
5348 /* Create a new Dialog Box from template. */
|
|
9
|
5349 theDialog = GetNewDialog(129, nil, (WindowRef) -1);
|
|
7
|
5350
|
|
|
5351 /* Get the WindowRef */
|
|
|
5352 theWindow = GetDialogWindow(theDialog);
|
|
|
5353
|
|
|
5354 /* Hide the window.
|
|
|
5355 * 1. to avoid seeing slow drawing
|
|
|
5356 * 2. to prevent a problem seen while moving dialog item
|
|
|
5357 * within a visible window. (non-Carbon MacOS 9)
|
|
|
5358 * Could be avoided by changing the resource.
|
|
|
5359 */
|
|
9
|
5360 HideWindow(theWindow);
|
|
7
|
5361
|
|
|
5362 /* Change the graphical port to the dialog,
|
|
|
5363 * so we can measure the text with the proper font */
|
|
9
|
5364 GetPort(&oldPort);
|
|
|
5365 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5366
|
|
|
5367 /* Get the info about the default text,
|
|
|
5368 * used to calculate the height of the message
|
|
|
5369 * and of the text field */
|
|
|
5370 GetFontInfo(&textFontInfo);
|
|
|
5371
|
|
|
5372 /* Set the dialog title */
|
|
|
5373 if (title != NULL)
|
|
|
5374 {
|
|
9
|
5375 (void) C2PascalString(title, &PascalTitle);
|
|
|
5376 SetWTitle(theWindow, PascalTitle);
|
|
7
|
5377 }
|
|
|
5378
|
|
|
5379 /* Creates the buttons and add them to the Dialog Box. */
|
|
9
|
5380 buttonDITL = GetResource('DITL', 130);
|
|
7
|
5381 buttonChar = buttons;
|
|
|
5382 button = 0;
|
|
|
5383
|
|
|
5384 for (;*buttonChar != 0;)
|
|
|
5385 {
|
|
|
5386 /* Get the name of the button */
|
|
|
5387 button++;
|
|
|
5388 len = 0;
|
|
|
5389 for (;((*buttonChar != DLG_BUTTON_SEP) && (*buttonChar != 0) && (len < 255)); buttonChar++)
|
|
|
5390 {
|
|
|
5391 if (*buttonChar != DLG_HOTKEY_CHAR)
|
|
|
5392 name[++len] = *buttonChar;
|
|
|
5393 }
|
|
|
5394 if (*buttonChar != 0)
|
|
|
5395 buttonChar++;
|
|
|
5396 name[0] = len;
|
|
|
5397
|
|
|
5398 /* Add the button */
|
|
9
|
5399 AppendDITL(theDialog, buttonDITL, overlayDITL); /* appendDITLRight); */
|
|
7
|
5400
|
|
|
5401 /* Change the button's name */
|
|
9
|
5402 macSetDialogItemText(theDialog, button, name);
|
|
7
|
5403
|
|
|
5404 /* Resize the button to fit its name */
|
|
9
|
5405 width = StringWidth(name) + 2 * dfltButtonEdge;
|
|
7
|
5406 /* Limite the size of any button to an acceptable value. */
|
|
|
5407 /* TODO: Should be based on the message width */
|
|
|
5408 if (width > maxButtonWidth)
|
|
|
5409 width = maxButtonWidth;
|
|
9
|
5410 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, width, 0);
|
|
7
|
5411
|
|
|
5412 totalButtonWidth += width;
|
|
|
5413
|
|
|
5414 if (width > widestButton)
|
|
|
5415 widestButton = width;
|
|
|
5416 }
|
|
9
|
5417 ReleaseResource(buttonDITL);
|
|
7
|
5418 lastButton = button;
|
|
|
5419
|
|
|
5420 /* Add the icon to the Dialog Box. */
|
|
|
5421 iconItm.idx = lastButton + 1;
|
|
9
|
5422 iconDITL = GetResource('DITL', 131);
|
|
7
|
5423 switch (type)
|
|
|
5424 {
|
|
|
5425 case VIM_GENERIC: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
5426 case VIM_ERROR: useIcon = kStopIcon;
|
|
|
5427 case VIM_WARNING: useIcon = kCautionIcon;
|
|
|
5428 case VIM_INFO: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
5429 case VIM_QUESTION: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
5430 default: useIcon = kStopIcon;
|
|
|
5431 };
|
|
9
|
5432 AppendDITL(theDialog, iconDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
5433 ReleaseResource(iconDITL);
|
|
|
5434 GetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
5435 /* TODO: Should the item be freed? */
|
|
9
|
5436 iconHandle = GetIcon(useIcon);
|
|
|
5437 SetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, itemType, iconHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
5438
|
|
|
5439 /* Add the message to the Dialog box. */
|
|
|
5440 messageItm.idx = lastButton + 2;
|
|
9
|
5441 messageDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132);
|
|
|
5442 AppendDITL(theDialog, messageDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
5443 ReleaseResource(messageDITL);
|
|
|
5444 GetDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
5445 (void) C2PascalString(message, &name);
|
|
|
5446 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name);
|
|
|
5447 messageItm.width = StringWidth(name);
|
|
7
|
5448
|
|
|
5449 /* Add the input box if needed */
|
|
|
5450 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5451 {
|
|
|
5452 /* Cheat for now reuse the message and convet to text edit */
|
|
|
5453 inputItm.idx = lastButton + 3;
|
|
9
|
5454 inputDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132);
|
|
|
5455 AppendDITL(theDialog, inputDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
5456 ReleaseResource(inputDITL);
|
|
|
5457 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
5458 /* SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &box);*/
|
|
|
5459 (void) C2PascalString(textfield, &name);
|
|
|
5460 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name);
|
|
|
5461 inputItm.width = StringWidth(name);
|
|
7
|
5462 }
|
|
|
5463
|
|
|
5464 /* Set the <ENTER> and <ESC> button. */
|
|
9
|
5465 SetDialogDefaultItem(theDialog, dfltbutton);
|
|
|
5466 SetDialogCancelItem(theDialog, 0);
|
|
7
|
5467
|
|
|
5468 /* Reposition element */
|
|
|
5469
|
|
|
5470 /* Check if we need to force vertical */
|
|
|
5471 if (totalButtonWidth > maximumWidth)
|
|
|
5472 vertical = TRUE;
|
|
|
5473
|
|
|
5474 /* Place icon */
|
|
9
|
5475 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, dfltIconSideSpace, dfltElementSpacing, &box);
|
|
7
|
5476 iconItm.box.right = box.right;
|
|
|
5477 iconItm.box.bottom = box.bottom;
|
|
|
5478
|
|
|
5479 /* Place Message */
|
|
|
5480 messageItm.box.left = iconItm.box.right + dfltIconSideSpace;
|
|
9
|
5481 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, 0, messageLines * (textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent));
|
|
|
5482 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, messageItm.box.left, dfltElementSpacing, &messageItm.box);
|
|
7
|
5483
|
|
|
5484 /* Place Input */
|
|
|
5485 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5486 {
|
|
|
5487 inputItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left;
|
|
|
5488 inputItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
9
|
5489 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent);
|
|
|
5490 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, inputItm.box.left, inputItm.box.top, &inputItm.box);
|
|
7
|
5491 /* Convert the static text into a text edit.
|
|
|
5492 * For some reason this change need to be done last (Dany) */
|
|
9
|
5493 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &inputItm.box);
|
|
|
5494 SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &inputItm.box);
|
|
7
|
5495 SelectDialogItemText(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, 32767);
|
|
|
5496 }
|
|
|
5497
|
|
|
5498 /* Place Button */
|
|
|
5499 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5500 {
|
|
|
5501 buttonItm.box.left = inputItm.box.left;
|
|
|
5502 buttonItm.box.top = inputItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5503 }
|
|
|
5504 else
|
|
|
5505 {
|
|
|
5506 buttonItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left;
|
|
|
5507 buttonItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5508 }
|
|
|
5509
|
|
|
5510 for (button=1; button <= lastButton; button++)
|
|
|
5511 {
|
|
|
5512
|
|
9
|
5513 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, button, buttonItm.box.left, buttonItm.box.top, &box);
|
|
7
|
5514 /* With vertical, it's better to have all button the same lenght */
|
|
|
5515 if (vertical)
|
|
|
5516 {
|
|
9
|
5517 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, widestButton, 0);
|
|
|
5518 GetDialogItem(theDialog, button, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
5519 }
|
|
|
5520 /* Calculate position of next button */
|
|
|
5521 if (vertical)
|
|
|
5522 buttonItm.box.top = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5523 else
|
|
|
5524 buttonItm.box.left = box.right + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5525 }
|
|
|
5526
|
|
|
5527 /* Resize the dialog box */
|
|
|
5528 dialogHeight = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5529 SizeWindow(theWindow, maximumWidth, dialogHeight, TRUE);
|
|
|
5530
|
|
|
5531 /* Magic resize */
|
|
9
|
5532 AutoSizeDialog(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5533 /* Need a horizontal resize anyway so not that useful */
|
|
|
5534
|
|
|
5535 /* Display it */
|
|
|
5536 ShowWindow(theWindow);
|
|
|
5537 /* BringToFront(theWindow); */
|
|
|
5538 SelectWindow(theWindow);
|
|
|
5539
|
|
9
|
5540 /* DrawDialog(theDialog); */
|
|
7
|
5541 #if 0
|
|
9
|
5542 GetPort(&oldPort);
|
|
|
5543 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5544 #endif
|
|
|
5545
|
|
|
5546 /* Hang until one of the button is hit */
|
|
|
5547 do
|
|
|
5548 {
|
|
9
|
5549 ModalDialog(nil, &itemHit);
|
|
7
|
5550 } while ((itemHit < 1) || (itemHit > lastButton));
|
|
|
5551
|
|
|
5552 /* Copy back the text entered by the user into the param */
|
|
|
5553 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5554 {
|
|
9
|
5555 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
5556 GetDialogItemText(itemHandle, (char_u *) &name);
|
|
7
|
5557 #if IOSIZE < 256
|
|
|
5558 /* Truncate the name to IOSIZE if needed */
|
|
|
5559 if (name[0] > IOSIZE)
|
|
|
5560 name[0] = IOSIZE - 1;
|
|
|
5561 #endif
|
|
418
|
5562 vim_strncpy(textfield, &name[1], name[0]);
|
|
7
|
5563 }
|
|
|
5564
|
|
|
5565 /* Restore the original graphical port */
|
|
9
|
5566 SetPort(oldPort);
|
|
7
|
5567
|
|
|
5568 /* Get ride of th edialog (free memory) */
|
|
9
|
5569 DisposeDialog(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5570
|
|
|
5571 return itemHit;
|
|
|
5572 /*
|
|
|
5573 * Usefull thing which could be used
|
|
|
5574 * SetDialogTimeout(): Auto click a button after timeout
|
|
|
5575 * SetDialogTracksCursor() : Get the I-beam cursor over input box
|
|
|
5576 * MoveDialogItem(): Probably better than SetDialogItem
|
|
|
5577 * SizeDialogItem(): (but is it Carbon Only?)
|
|
|
5578 * AutoSizeDialog(): Magic resize of dialog based on text lenght
|
|
|
5579 */
|
|
|
5580 }
|
|
|
5581 #endif /* FEAT_DIALOG_GUI */
|
|
|
5582
|
|
|
5583 /*
|
|
|
5584 * Display the saved error message(s).
|
|
|
5585 */
|
|
|
5586 #ifdef USE_MCH_ERRMSG
|
|
|
5587 void
|
|
593
|
5588 display_errors(void)
|
|
7
|
5589 {
|
|
|
5590 char *p;
|
|
|
5591 char_u pError[256];
|
|
|
5592
|
|
593
|
5593 if (error_ga.ga_data == NULL)
|
|
|
5594 return;
|
|
|
5595
|
|
|
5596 /* avoid putting up a message box with blanks only */
|
|
|
5597 for (p = (char *)error_ga.ga_data; *p; ++p)
|
|
|
5598 if (!isspace(*p))
|
|
|
5599 {
|
|
|
5600 if (STRLEN(p) > 255)
|
|
|
5601 pError[0] = 255;
|
|
|
5602 else
|
|
|
5603 pError[0] = STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
5604
|
|
|
5605 STRNCPY(&pError[1], p, pError[0]);
|
|
|
5606 ParamText(pError, nil, nil, nil);
|
|
|
5607 Alert(128, nil);
|
|
|
5608 break;
|
|
|
5609 /* TODO: handled message longer than 256 chars
|
|
|
5610 * use auto-sizeable alert
|
|
|
5611 * or dialog with scrollbars (TextEdit zone)
|
|
|
5612 */
|
|
|
5613 }
|
|
|
5614 ga_clear(&error_ga);
|
|
7
|
5615 }
|
|
|
5616 #endif
|
|
|
5617
|
|
|
5618 /*
|
|
87
|
5619 * Get current mouse coordinates in text window.
|
|
7
|
5620 */
|
|
95
|
5621 void
|
|
|
5622 gui_mch_getmouse(int *x, int *y)
|
|
7
|
5623 {
|
|
|
5624 Point where;
|
|
|
5625
|
|
|
5626 GetMouse(&where);
|
|
|
5627
|
|
87
|
5628 *x = where.h;
|
|
|
5629 *y = where.v;
|
|
7
|
5630 }
|
|
|
5631
|
|
|
5632 void
|
|
593
|
5633 gui_mch_setmouse(int x, int y)
|
|
7
|
5634 {
|
|
|
5635 /* TODO */
|
|
|
5636 #if 0
|
|
|
5637 /* From FAQ 3-11 */
|
|
|
5638
|
|
|
5639 CursorDevicePtr myMouse;
|
|
|
5640 Point where;
|
|
|
5641
|
|
9
|
5642 if ( NGetTrapAddress(_CursorDeviceDispatch, ToolTrap)
|
|
|
5643 != NGetTrapAddress(_Unimplemented, ToolTrap))
|
|
7
|
5644 {
|
|
|
5645 /* New way */
|
|
|
5646
|
|
|
5647 /*
|
|
|
5648 * Get first devoice with one button.
|
|
|
5649 * This will probably be the standad mouse
|
|
|
5650 * startat head of cursor dev list
|
|
|
5651 *
|
|
|
5652 */
|
|
|
5653
|
|
|
5654 myMouse = nil;
|
|
|
5655
|
|
|
5656 do
|
|
|
5657 {
|
|
|
5658 /* Get the next cursor device */
|
|
|
5659 CursorDeviceNextDevice(&myMouse);
|
|
|
5660 }
|
|
9
|
5661 while ((myMouse != nil) && (myMouse->cntButtons != 1));
|
|
|
5662
|
|
|
5663 CursorDeviceMoveTo(myMouse, x, y);
|
|
7
|
5664 }
|
|
|
5665 else
|
|
|
5666 {
|
|
|
5667 /* Old way */
|
|
|
5668 where.h = x;
|
|
|
5669 where.v = y;
|
|
|
5670
|
|
|
5671 *(Point *)RawMouse = where;
|
|
|
5672 *(Point *)MTemp = where;
|
|
|
5673 *(Ptr) CrsrNew = 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
5674 }
|
|
|
5675 #endif
|
|
|
5676 }
|
|
|
5677
|
|
|
5678 void
|
|
593
|
5679 gui_mch_show_popupmenu(vimmenu_T *menu)
|
|
7
|
5680 {
|
|
|
5681 /*
|
|
|
5682 * Clone PopUp to use menu
|
|
|
5683 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection
|
|
|
5684 * Call the procedure
|
|
|
5685 */
|
|
|
5686
|
|
|
5687 MenuHandle CntxMenu;
|
|
|
5688 Point where;
|
|
|
5689 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
5690 UInt32 CntxType;
|
|
|
5691 SInt16 CntxMenuID;
|
|
|
5692 UInt16 CntxMenuItem;
|
|
|
5693 Str255 HelpName = "";
|
|
|
5694 GrafPtr savePort;
|
|
|
5695
|
|
|
5696 /* Save Current Port: On MacOS X we seem to lose the port */
|
|
9
|
5697 GetPort(&savePort); /*OSX*/
|
|
|
5698
|
|
|
5699 GetMouse(&where);
|
|
|
5700 LocalToGlobal(&where); /*OSX*/
|
|
7
|
5701 CntxMenu = menu->submenu_handle;
|
|
|
5702
|
|
|
5703 /* TODO: Get the text selection from Vim */
|
|
|
5704
|
|
|
5705 /* Call to Handle Popup */
|
|
|
5706 status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, where, false, kCMHelpItemNoHelp, HelpName, NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem);
|
|
|
5707
|
|
|
5708 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
5709 {
|
|
|
5710 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected)
|
|
|
5711 {
|
|
|
5712 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */
|
|
|
5713 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */
|
|
|
5714 /* But what about the current menu, is the menu changed by ContextualMenuSelect */
|
|
9
|
5715 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem);
|
|
7
|
5716 }
|
|
|
5717 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected)
|
|
|
5718 {
|
|
|
5719 /* Should come up with the help */
|
|
|
5720 }
|
|
|
5721 }
|
|
|
5722
|
|
|
5723 /* Restore original Port */
|
|
9
|
5724 SetPort(savePort); /*OSX*/
|
|
7
|
5725 }
|
|
|
5726
|
|
|
5727 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5728 /* TODO: Is it need for MACOS_X? (Dany) */
|
|
|
5729 void
|
|
|
5730 mch_post_buffer_write(buf_T *buf)
|
|
|
5731 {
|
|
9
|
5732 GetFSSpecFromPath(buf->b_ffname, &buf->b_FSSpec);
|
|
|
5733 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf);
|
|
7
|
5734 }
|
|
|
5735 #endif
|
|
|
5736
|
|
|
5737 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
5738 /*
|
|
|
5739 * Set the window title and icon.
|
|
|
5740 * (The icon is not taken care of).
|
|
|
5741 */
|
|
|
5742 void
|
|
593
|
5743 gui_mch_settitle(char_u *title, char_u *icon)
|
|
7
|
5744 {
|
|
|
5745 /* TODO: Get vim to make sure maxlen (from p_titlelen) is smaller
|
|
|
5746 * that 256. Even better get it to fit nicely in the titlebar.
|
|
|
5747 */
|
|
593
|
5748 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
5749 CFStringRef windowTitle;
|
|
|
5750 size_t windowTitleLen;
|
|
|
5751 #else
|
|
7
|
5752 char_u *pascalTitle;
|
|
168
|
5753 #endif
|
|
7
|
5754
|
|
|
5755 if (title == NULL) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
5756 return;
|
|
|
5757
|
|
593
|
5758 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
5759 windowTitleLen = STRLEN(title);
|
|
|
5760 windowTitle = mac_enc_to_cfstring(title, windowTitleLen);
|
|
|
5761
|
|
|
5762 if (windowTitle)
|
|
|
5763 {
|
|
|
5764 SetWindowTitleWithCFString(gui.VimWindow, windowTitle);
|
|
|
5765 CFRelease(windowTitle);
|
|
|
5766 }
|
|
|
5767 #else
|
|
7
|
5768 pascalTitle = C2Pascal_save(title);
|
|
|
5769 if (pascalTitle != NULL)
|
|
|
5770 {
|
|
|
5771 SetWTitle(gui.VimWindow, pascalTitle);
|
|
|
5772 vim_free(pascalTitle);
|
|
|
5773 }
|
|
168
|
5774 #endif
|
|
7
|
5775 }
|
|
|
5776 #endif
|
|
|
5777
|
|
|
5778 /*
|
|
|
5779 * Transfered from os_mac.c for MacOS X using os_unix.c prep work
|
|
|
5780 */
|
|
|
5781
|
|
|
5782 int
|
|
593
|
5783 C2PascalString(char_u *CString, Str255 *PascalString)
|
|
7
|
5784 {
|
|
|
5785 char_u *PascalPtr = (char_u *) PascalString;
|
|
|
5786 int len;
|
|
|
5787 int i;
|
|
|
5788
|
|
|
5789 PascalPtr[0] = 0;
|
|
|
5790 if (CString == NULL)
|
|
|
5791 return 0;
|
|
|
5792
|
|
|
5793 len = STRLEN(CString);
|
|
|
5794 if (len > 255)
|
|
|
5795 len = 255;
|
|
|
5796
|
|
|
5797 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
|
|
|
5798 PascalPtr[i+1] = CString[i];
|
|
|
5799
|
|
|
5800 PascalPtr[0] = len;
|
|
|
5801
|
|
|
5802 return 0;
|
|
|
5803 }
|
|
|
5804
|
|
|
5805 int
|
|
593
|
5806 GetFSSpecFromPath(char_u *file, FSSpec *fileFSSpec)
|
|
7
|
5807 {
|
|
|
5808 /* From FAQ 8-12 */
|
|
|
5809 Str255 filePascal;
|
|
|
5810 CInfoPBRec myCPB;
|
|
|
5811 OSErr err;
|
|
|
5812
|
|
9
|
5813 (void) C2PascalString(file, &filePascal);
|
|
7
|
5814
|
|
|
5815 myCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = filePascal;
|
|
|
5816 myCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = 0;
|
|
|
5817 myCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0;
|
|
|
5818 myCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = 0;
|
|
|
5819
|
|
9
|
5820 err= PBGetCatInfo(&myCPB, false);
|
|
7
|
5821
|
|
|
5822 /* vRefNum, dirID, name */
|
|
9
|
5823 FSMakeFSSpec(0, 0, filePascal, fileFSSpec);
|
|
7
|
5824
|
|
|
5825 /* TODO: Use an error code mechanism */
|
|
|
5826 return 0;
|
|
|
5827 }
|
|
|
5828
|
|
|
5829 /*
|
|
|
5830 * Convert a FSSpec to a fuill path
|
|
|
5831 */
|
|
|
5832
|
|
9
|
5833 char_u *FullPathFromFSSpec_save(FSSpec file)
|
|
7
|
5834 {
|
|
|
5835 /*
|
|
|
5836 * TODO: Add protection for 256 char max.
|
|
|
5837 */
|
|
|
5838
|
|
|
5839 CInfoPBRec theCPB;
|
|
|
5840 char_u fname[256];
|
|
|
5841 char_u *filenamePtr = fname;
|
|
|
5842 OSErr error;
|
|
|
5843 int folder = 1;
|
|
|
5844 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
5845 SInt16 dfltVol_vRefNum;
|
|
|
5846 SInt32 dfltVol_dirID;
|
|
|
5847 FSRef refFile;
|
|
|
5848 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
5849 UInt32 pathSize = 256;
|
|
|
5850 char_u pathname[256];
|
|
|
5851 char_u *path = pathname;
|
|
|
5852 #else
|
|
|
5853 Str255 directoryName;
|
|
|
5854 char_u temporary[255];
|
|
|
5855 char_u *temporaryPtr = temporary;
|
|
|
5856 #endif
|
|
|
5857
|
|
|
5858 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
5859 /* Get the default volume */
|
|
|
5860 /* TODO: Remove as this only work if Vim is on the Boot Volume*/
|
|
9
|
5861 error=HGetVol(NULL, &dfltVol_vRefNum, &dfltVol_dirID);
|
|
7
|
5862
|
|
|
5863 if (error)
|
|
|
5864 return NULL;
|
|
|
5865 #endif
|
|
|
5866
|
|
|
5867 /* Start filling fname with file.name */
|
|
418
|
5868 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &file.name[1], file.name[0]);
|
|
7
|
5869
|
|
|
5870 /* Get the info about the file specified in FSSpec */
|
|
|
5871 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0;
|
|
|
5872 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = file.name;
|
|
|
5873 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
|
5874 /*theCPB.hFileInfo.ioDirID = 0;*/
|
|
|
5875 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID;
|
|
|
5876
|
|
|
5877 /* As ioFDirIndex = 0, get the info of ioNamePtr,
|
|
|
5878 which is relative to ioVrefNum, ioDirID */
|
|
9
|
5879 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB, false);
|
|
7
|
5880
|
|
|
5881 /* If we are called for a new file we expect fnfErr */
|
|
|
5882 if ((error) && (error != fnfErr))
|
|
|
5883 return NULL;
|
|
|
5884
|
|
|
5885 /* Check if it's a file or folder */
|
|
|
5886 /* default to file if file don't exist */
|
|
|
5887 if (((theCPB.hFileInfo.ioFlAttrib & ioDirMask) == 0) || (error))
|
|
|
5888 folder = 0; /* It's not a folder */
|
|
|
5889 else
|
|
|
5890 folder = 1;
|
|
|
5891
|
|
|
5892 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
5893 /*
|
|
|
5894 * The function used here are available in Carbon, but
|
|
|
5895 * do nothing une MacOS 8 and 9
|
|
|
5896 */
|
|
|
5897 if (error == fnfErr)
|
|
|
5898 {
|
|
|
5899 /* If the file to be saved does not already exist, it isn't possible
|
|
|
5900 to convert its FSSpec into an FSRef. But we can construct an
|
|
|
5901 FSSpec for the file's parent folder (since we have its volume and
|
|
|
5902 directory IDs), and since that folder does exist, we can convert
|
|
|
5903 that FSSpec into an FSRef, convert the FSRef in turn into a path,
|
|
|
5904 and, finally, append the filename. */
|
|
|
5905 FSSpec dirSpec;
|
|
|
5906 FSRef dirRef;
|
|
|
5907 Str255 emptyFilename = "\p";
|
|
|
5908 error = FSMakeFSSpec(theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum,
|
|
|
5909 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID, emptyFilename, &dirSpec);
|
|
|
5910 if (error)
|
|
|
5911 return NULL;
|
|
|
5912
|
|
|
5913 error = FSpMakeFSRef(&dirSpec, &dirRef);
|
|
|
5914 if (error)
|
|
|
5915 return NULL;
|
|
|
5916
|
|
|
5917 status = FSRefMakePath(&dirRef, (UInt8*)path, pathSize);
|
|
|
5918 if (status)
|
|
|
5919 return NULL;
|
|
|
5920
|
|
|
5921 STRCAT(path, "/");
|
|
|
5922 STRCAT(path, filenamePtr);
|
|
|
5923 }
|
|
|
5924 else
|
|
|
5925 {
|
|
|
5926 /* If the file to be saved already exists, we can get its full path
|
|
|
5927 by converting its FSSpec into an FSRef. */
|
|
9
|
5928 error=FSpMakeFSRef(&file, &refFile);
|
|
7
|
5929 if (error)
|
|
|
5930 return NULL;
|
|
|
5931
|
|
9
|
5932 status=FSRefMakePath(&refFile, (UInt8 *) path, pathSize);
|
|
7
|
5933 if (status)
|
|
|
5934 return NULL;
|
|
|
5935 }
|
|
|
5936
|
|
|
5937 /* Add a slash at the end if needed */
|
|
|
5938 if (folder)
|
|
9
|
5939 STRCAT(path, "/");
|
|
|
5940
|
|
|
5941 return (vim_strsave(path));
|
|
7
|
5942 #else
|
|
|
5943 /* TODO: Get rid of all USE_UNIXFILENAME below */
|
|
|
5944 /* Set ioNamePtr, it's the same area which is always reused. */
|
|
|
5945 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName;
|
|
|
5946
|
|
|
5947 /* Trick for first entry, set ioDrParID to the first value
|
|
|
5948 * we want for ioDrDirID*/
|
|
|
5949 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID = file.parID;
|
|
|
5950 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID;
|
|
|
5951
|
|
9
|
5952 if ((TRUE) && (file.parID != fsRtDirID /*fsRtParID*/))
|
|
7
|
5953 do
|
|
|
5954 {
|
|
|
5955 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1;
|
|
|
5956 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */
|
|
|
5957 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
|
5958 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrevelant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */
|
|
|
5959 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID;
|
|
|
5960
|
|
|
5961 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */
|
|
|
5962 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */
|
|
9
|
5963 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false);
|
|
7
|
5964
|
|
|
5965 if (error)
|
|
|
5966 return NULL;
|
|
|
5967
|
|
|
5968 /* Put the new directoryName in front of the current fname */
|
|
|
5969 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
418
|
5970 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]);
|
|
7
|
5971 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":");
|
|
|
5972 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
5973 }
|
|
|
5974 #if 1 /* def USE_UNIXFILENAME */
|
|
|
5975 while ((theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID != fsRtDirID) /* && */
|
|
|
5976 /* (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID)*/);
|
|
|
5977 #else
|
|
|
5978 while (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID);
|
|
|
5979 #endif
|
|
|
5980
|
|
|
5981 /* Get the information about the volume on which the file reside */
|
|
|
5982 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1;
|
|
|
5983 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */
|
|
|
5984 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
|
5985 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrevelant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */
|
|
|
5986 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID;
|
|
|
5987
|
|
|
5988 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */
|
|
|
5989 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */
|
|
9
|
5990 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false);
|
|
7
|
5991
|
|
|
5992 if (error)
|
|
|
5993 return NULL;
|
|
|
5994
|
|
|
5995 /* For MacOS Classic always add the volume name */
|
|
|
5996 /* For MacOS X add the volume name preceded by "Volumes" */
|
|
|
5997 /* when we are not refering to the boot volume */
|
|
|
5998 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
5999 if (file.vRefNum != dfltVol_vRefNum)
|
|
|
6000 #endif
|
|
|
6001 {
|
|
|
6002 /* Add the volume name */
|
|
|
6003 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
418
|
6004 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]);
|
|
7
|
6005 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":");
|
|
|
6006 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6007
|
|
|
6008 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6009 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
|
6010 filenamePtr[0] = 0; /* NULL terminate the string */
|
|
|
6011 STRCAT(filenamePtr, "Volumes:");
|
|
|
6012 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6013 #endif
|
|
|
6014 }
|
|
|
6015
|
|
|
6016 /* Append final path separator if it's a folder */
|
|
|
6017 if (folder)
|
|
9
|
6018 STRCAT(fname, ":");
|
|
7
|
6019
|
|
|
6020 /* As we use Unix File Name for MacOS X convert it */
|
|
|
6021 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6022 /* Need to insert leading / */
|
|
|
6023 /* TODO: get the above code to use directly the / */
|
|
|
6024 STRCPY(&temporaryPtr[1], filenamePtr);
|
|
|
6025 temporaryPtr[0] = '/';
|
|
|
6026 STRCPY(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6027 {
|
|
|
6028 char *p;
|
|
|
6029 for (p = fname; *p; p++)
|
|
|
6030 if (*p == ':')
|
|
|
6031 *p = '/';
|
|
|
6032 }
|
|
|
6033 #endif
|
|
|
6034
|
|
9
|
6035 return (vim_strsave(fname));
|
|
7
|
6036 #endif
|
|
|
6037 }
|
|
|
6038
|
|
|
6039 #if defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6040 /*
|
|
|
6041 * Input Method Control functions.
|
|
|
6042 */
|
|
|
6043
|
|
|
6044 /*
|
|
|
6045 * Notify cursor position to IM.
|
|
|
6046 */
|
|
|
6047 void
|
|
|
6048 im_set_position(int row, int col)
|
|
|
6049 {
|
|
|
6050 /* TODO: Implement me! */
|
|
|
6051 }
|
|
|
6052
|
|
|
6053 /*
|
|
|
6054 * Set IM status on ("active" is TRUE) or off ("active" is FALSE).
|
|
|
6055 */
|
|
|
6056 void
|
|
|
6057 im_set_active(int active)
|
|
|
6058 {
|
|
|
6059 KeyScript(active ? smKeySysScript : smKeyRoman);
|
|
|
6060 }
|
|
|
6061
|
|
|
6062 /*
|
|
|
6063 * Get IM status. When IM is on, return not 0. Else return 0.
|
|
|
6064 */
|
|
|
6065 int
|
|
593
|
6066 im_get_status(void)
|
|
7
|
6067 {
|
|
|
6068 SInt32 script = GetScriptManagerVariable(smKeyScript);
|
|
|
6069 return (script != smRoman
|
|
|
6070 && script == GetScriptManagerVariable(smSysScript)) ? 1 : 0;
|
|
|
6071 }
|
|
|
6072 #endif /* defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) || defined(PROTO) */
|
